# CommandSection

title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>ddev <command> [options] [arguments]</i><br><br><b>Examples:</b><br><i>ddev start</i><br><i>ddev config</i><br><i>ddev exec "drush status"</i><br><i>ddev pull pantheon</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>start</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts the <i>ddev</i> project's services and makes it accessible locally.<br><br><b><i>stop</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Stops the <i>ddev</i> project's services without removing their data.<br><br><b><i>restart</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restarts the <i>ddev</i> project's services.<br><br><b><i>config</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Configures a new or existing <i>ddev</i> project, setting up environment details.<br><br><b><i>exec [command]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes a command inside the project's web container (e.g., <i>ddev exec "php -v"</i>).<br><br><b><i>ssh</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connects to the project's web container via SSH.<br><br><b><i>pull [provider]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pulls database and files from a configured hosting provider (e.g., Pantheon, Acquia).<br><br><b><i>push [provider]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pushes database and files to a configured hosting provider (use with caution).<br><br><b><i>list</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all <i>ddev</i> projects, showing their status and URLs.<br><br><b><i>delete</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deletes a <i>ddev</i> project, removing its services and all associated data.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>ddev</i> is an open-source tool that makes it easy to set up and manage local PHP development environments using Docker. It automates the creation of web servers (Nginx/Apache), databases (MySQL/PostgreSQL), and other services required for web projects. Designed for developer experience, <i>ddev</i> provides simple command-line access to your containers, supports various PHP versions, and integrates seamlessly with popular CMS like Drupal, WordPress, Laravel, and Symfony. Its core benefits include consistency across development teams, easy environment sharing, and robust extensibility through add-ons.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>ddev</i> requires <b>Docker Desktop</b> (or Docker Engine on Linux) to be installed and running. Performance can sometimes be impacted by underlying Docker configurations, especially on macOS (e.g., file system performance) or Windows (requiring WSL2 for optimal speed). It's important to ensure sufficient system resources are allocated to Docker for complex projects.


title: ADD-ONS AND EXTENSIBILITY
content:
<i>ddev</i> boasts a powerful add-on system (`ddev get`) that allows users to easily integrate additional services (e.g., Solr, Redis, Memcached), tools, and custom configurations into their projects. This extensibility makes it highly adaptable to diverse project requirements.


title: HOSTING PROVIDER INTEGRATION
content:
A key feature of <i>ddev</i> is its built-in integration with popular hosting providers like Pantheon, Acquia, Platform.sh, and others. This enables developers to easily pull and push databases and files directly from their live or staging environments to their local <i>ddev</i> setup, streamlining development workflows.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>ddev</i> was initially developed by Drud Technology (now Pantheon) in 2017 with a primary focus on streamlining local Drupal development workflows. Over time, its scope expanded to support a wide array of PHP frameworks and general web development. Its open-source nature and active community have led to continuous improvements, making it a robust and popular choice for local development environments.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information and exit.<br><br><b>--verbose, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Be verbose; show detailed progress and error information.<br><br><b>--force, -f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite the output file or device, even if it exists and is a block device. Use with extreme caution.<br><br><b>--no-trim, -n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skip the trimming phase of recovery (the second pass, which tries to recover data from the edges of bad areas).<br><br><b>--retrim</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Truncate the unreadable parts at the end of the output file. Useful for partial images.<br><br><b>--reverse, -R</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read backwards. Can be effective for drives that struggle when reading forward through bad sectors.<br><br><b>--direct, -D</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use direct disk access (O_DIRECT). Bypasses the kernel's page cache, which can be beneficial for failing hardware.<br><br><b>--sparse, -S</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a sparse output file. Unread blocks will not consume disk space on the output file system, saving space for partial recoveries.<br><br><b>--synchronous, -s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use synchronous writes (O_SYNC). Ensures data is written to disk immediately, often used for USB drives or unreliable media.<br><br><b>--cluster-size=BYTES, -c BYTES</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the size of the clusters (blocks) to copy. Default is 128 KiB. Larger values can speed up reads from healthy areas.<br><br><b>--min-read-rate=RATE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the minimum reading rate in bytes/sec. If reading falls below this, ddrescue may attempt to skip more data.<br><br><b>--max-read-rate=RATE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the maximum reading rate in bytes/sec. Useful for limiting I/O on fragile drives to prevent further damage.<br><br><b>--timeout=SECONDS</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Stop after SECONDS without progress. Prevents indefinite hangs on unresponsive drives, especially useful for automation.<br><br><b>--log-file=FILE, -L FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the log file (mapfile) to record bad sectors and progress. Essential for resuming operations and multi-pass recovery.<br><br><b>--error-limit=N</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Abort after N read errors. Can prevent ddrescue from spending excessive time on severely damaged areas with no hope of recovery.<br><br><b>--data-recovery-mode=MODE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the data recovery mode (e.g., 'no-split', 'test-input'). Consult the man page for available modes and their implications.<br><br><b>--output-direction=DIRECTION</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the direction of copying: 'forward' (default), 'reverse', 'fwd-rev', 'rev-fwd'. Dictates the order of passes.<br><br><b>--output-file-size=BYTES</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limit the size of the output file (or device) to BYTES.<br><br><b>--input-file-size=BYTES</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limit the size of the input file (or device) to BYTES.<br><br><b>--input-position=BYTES</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Start reading at BYTES offset from the beginning of the input file.<br><br><b>--output-position=BYTES</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Start writing at BYTES offset from the beginning of the output file.<br><br><b>--data-validation-file=FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Validate the output against a previously created copy or reference file, useful for integrity checks.<br><br><b>--generate-errors=ERRORS</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generate artificial errors for testing purposes (e.g., '100%' for all errors). Do not use for real recovery.<br><br><b>--fill-area=START:END</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fill a specified area (from START to END bytes) with a pattern. Useful for sanitization or marking bad areas.<br><br><b>--fill-slack</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fill the slack space (space after the last used block) with a pattern. Useful for forensic data wiping.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
ddrescue is a powerful and reliable data recovery tool. It copies data from one file or block device (like a hard drive or SSD) to another, intelligently handling read errors. Unlike dd, which typically aborts or introduces unhelpful zeros on read errors, ddrescue is specifically designed for recovering data from damaged or failing storage media. It attempts to read the good parts of the input first, then meticulously retries the problematic or "bad" areas. <br><br>A key feature is its use of a "mapfile" (or log file). This file records the status of every sector – whether it's copied, unread, or marked as a bad sector. This allows ddrescue to resume an interrupted recovery operation from where it left off, avoiding redundant reads and ensuring efficiency. It also enables multiple passes with different strategies (e.g., trying to read bad sectors in reverse). By iteratively trying to recover data and skipping over unreadable blocks, ddrescue maximizes the amount of salvaged data from a compromised drive, making it an indispensable tool for forensic analysis and disaster recovery.


title: CAVEATS
content:
ddrescue only attempts to copy data; it does not repair the source drive itself. <br>Always ensure the <I>outfile</I> has sufficient space to hold the <I>infile</I>'s data. <br>Be extremely careful when specifying <I>infile</I> and <I>outfile</I>, as an error can lead to irreversible data loss on the wrong device. Using <b>sudo</b> is often required for raw device access, increasing the risk if misused. <br>Avoid mounting the <I>infile</I> (source) partition during the recovery process to prevent further damage or read errors. <br>Recovery from severely damaged drives may still be partial or impossible. It cannot recover data from physically destroyed platters. <br>The <I>mapfile</I> is crucial for effective recovery and resuming operations; always specify it. <br>The recovery process can be very time-consuming for large or severely damaged drives.


title: DEFAULT RECOVERY STRATEGY
content:
ddrescue employs a sophisticated multi-pass strategy by default to maximize data recovery: <br>1. <b>Copying Pass</b>: It first reads and copies large contiguous blocks of data, skipping over error areas quickly. <br>2. <b>Trimming Pass</b>: It then attempts to read the edges of the skipped error areas more carefully. <br>3. <b>Scraping Pass</b>: Finally, it tries to read the remaining unreadable blocks, sector by sector, in a targeted manner. <br>This approach prioritizes speed for the healthy parts and then dedicates more time to problematic areas.


title: IMPORTANCE OF THE MAPFILE
content:
The mapfile (specified with <I>infile</I> <I>outfile</I> <I>mapfile</I>) is critical. It records the progress and location of bad sectors. This allows ddrescue to: <br>- Resume an interrupted operation without losing progress. <br>- Perform multiple passes with different strategies (e.g., --reverse). <br>- Avoid re-reading already copied data, significantly speeding up the recovery process. <br>- Be used to compare two copies of a file/device to create a third, merged copy.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>GNU ddrescue</b> was developed by Antonio Diaz Diaz as part of the GNU project. It emerged as a more advanced and robust alternative to the traditional <b>dd</b> command for data recovery scenarios, specifically addressing the limitations of <b>dd</b> when dealing with read errors on failing storage devices. The first stable release dates back to the early 2000s, with continuous development adding features like the indispensable mapfile for progress tracking and advanced recovery strategies. Its focus on efficiency and fault tolerance quickly made it a go-to tool for system administrators, forensic experts, and anyone needing to salvage data from compromised hard drives.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>[<I>N</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional integer representing the virtual console number to deallocate. If this argument is omitted, <b>deallocvt</b> will attempt to deallocate all virtual consoles that are currently unused.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>deallocvt</b></i> is a utility designed for Linux systems to deallocate or free up resources associated with unused virtual consoles (VTs). When a virtual console is no longer active – for instance, after a text-mode login session has concluded, or a graphical environment running on a specific VT has exited – its allocated memory and other resources might still be held by the kernel. This command allows a system administrator or a privileged user to reclaim these resources, thereby reducing the system's memory footprint and improving overall resource efficiency.<br><br>It is particularly useful in environments where many virtual consoles are created and potentially left idle, or in embedded systems where resource management is critical. When invoked without arguments, <i><b>deallocvt</b></i> attempts to deallocate all currently unused virtual consoles. If a specific virtual console number (<I>N</I>) is provided as an argument, it will attempt to deallocate only that particular VT, provided it is not in use. Successful execution typically requires root privileges.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>This command requires superuser (root) privileges to execute successfully, as it modifies kernel-level resources.</li><li>Care must be taken not to deallocate an actively used virtual console, as this could lead to system instability, application crashes, or data loss for processes running on that VT.</li><li>The effectiveness of <b>deallocvt</b> can depend on the Linux kernel version and the specific implementation of virtual console management.</li><li>It is primarily intended for cleaning up VTs that have genuinely become idle and are no longer needed.</li></ul>


title: PERMISSIONS
content:
To execute <i><b>deallocvt</b></i>, you must have superuser privileges. Attempting to run it as a regular user will result in a 'Permission denied' error, as it directly interacts with kernel-level console drivers to free up resources.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
<i><b>deallocvt</b></i> is most commonly invoked in system shutdown scripts to ensure a clean system state, or as part of a cleanup routine when users log out from a text-mode console, or when a graphical session running on a specific VT terminates. Its purpose is to reclaim system memory and resources efficiently.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i><b>deallocvt</b></i> is a component of the <i>kbd</i> (keyboard and console tools) package, which provides a suite of utilities for managing the Linux console. These tools have been fundamental to the Linux text-mode environment since its early development. The inclusion of <i><b>deallocvt</b></i> specifically addresses the need for efficient resource management of virtual terminals, a core feature allowing multiple independent text sessions. Its development has been driven by the ongoing efforts to optimize system resource usage and ensure a robust console experience, allowing VTs to gracefully release their allocated resources once they are no longer required.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Displays general help or help for a specific command.</i><br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Shows the installed deb-get version.</i><br><br><b><b>-y</b>, <b>--yes</b>, <b>--no-prompt</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Assume 'yes' to all prompts, running non-interactively.</i><br><br><b><b>--dry-run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Simulate actions without making any actual changes to the system.</i><br><br><b><b>--no-install-recommends</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Do not install recommended packages, similar to apt's option.</i><br><br><b><b>install</b> <i>&lt;package&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Downloads and installs the specified package.</i><br><br><b><b>remove</b> <i>&lt;package&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Removes the specified package, analogous to apt remove.</i><br><br><b><b>update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Refreshes the list of available packages from deb-get's index.</i><br><br><b><b>upgrade</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Upgrades all installed deb-get managed packages to their latest versions.</i><br><br><b><b>list</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Lists all packages known to deb-get, or optionally only installed ones.</i><br><br><b><b>search</b> <i>&lt;keyword&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Searches for packages matching the given keyword in the deb-get index.</i><br><br><b><b>info</b> <i>&lt;package&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Displays detailed information about a specific package, including its source.</i><br><br><b><b>cleanup</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Removes cached .deb files and other temporary data.</i><br><br><b><b>self-update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Updates deb-get itself to the latest version.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>deb-get</b> is a command-line utility designed to simplify the installation of <b>.deb</b> packages that are not available in standard APT repositories. While APT is the primary package manager for Debian-based systems, many modern applications, especially proprietary software or tools from smaller projects, distribute their software as standalone <b>.deb</b> files or via GitHub releases, rather than through official APT repositories or PPAs.<br><br><b>deb-get</b> acts as a convenient wrapper, enabling users to install these packages with an <b>apt</b>-like syntax (e.g., <b>deb-get install &lt;package&gt;</b>). It maintains an index of known packages and their download locations, often directly linking to official developer sites or GitHub release pages. When a package is requested, <b>deb-get</b> intelligently fetches the correct <b>.deb</b> file for the user's architecture, verifies its integrity (where possible), and then leverages <b>apt</b> (specifically <b>apt install ./package.deb</b>) to perform the actual installation, ensuring all dependencies are correctly resolved and handled by the system's robust package management infrastructure.<br><br>This tool bridges the gap between traditional APT package management and the need to easily install software distributed outside of official channels, reducing the manual effort of downloading, verifying, and installing <b>.deb</b> files, and subsequently resolving dependencies. It aims to provide a smoother, more integrated experience for managing a broader range of software on Debian/Ubuntu systems.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>deb-get</b> is a third-party tool and not part of the official Debian or Ubuntu package management system. While it leverages <b>apt</b> for installation, it relies on its own curated list of packages and their external download sources. Users should be aware that the integrity and security of packages depend on the trustworthiness of the original upstream developers and the <b>deb-get</b> project's maintenance of its package index. Unlike <b>apt</b>'s official repositories, there isn't the same level of cryptographic signing and verification infrastructure for packages sourced directly by <b>deb-get</b>. It is designed to complement, not replace, <b>apt</b>.


title: PACKAGE INDEX
content:
<b>deb-get</b> maintains an internal index (a YAML file in its GitHub repository) of available packages, their versions, architectures, and the URLs from which their <b>.deb</b> files can be downloaded. This index is regularly updated when you run <b>deb-get update</b>, ensuring access to the latest available software versions. This model allows it to support a wide array of applications without requiring each application to host its own APT repository.


title: DEPENDENCY HANDLING
content:
Crucially, after <b>deb-get</b> downloads the appropriate <b>.deb</b> file, it hands off the actual installation process to <b>apt</b> (e.g., via <b>sudo apt install ./package.deb</b>). This means that all dependency resolution, conflict checking, and post-installation scripting are handled by <b>apt</b>, leveraging the robustness and security of the underlying Debian package management system.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>deb-get</b> was created by <I>Martin Wimpress</I>, well-known in the Linux community for his work on Ubuntu MATE and Snap packaging. It was developed to address a common pain point for Linux users: installing modern, often cross-platform software that provides <b>.deb</b> packages but doesn't maintain its own APT repository. The project began as a pragmatic solution to simplify the process of finding, downloading, and installing these applications, providing an <b>apt</b>-like interface for a broader range of software. It quickly gained traction among users looking for a streamlined way to manage applications like Zoom, VS Code, Slack, and various developer tools without manually adding PPAs or managing individual <b>.deb</b> files.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses most standard output messages, useful for maintainer scripts where verbose output is not desired.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the operation, for instance, enabling a unit even if it's masked or already enabled. The exact behavior depends on the command.<br><br><b>--no-reload</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <b>deb-systemd-helper</b> from issuing a <b>systemctl daemon-reload</b> command after modifying unit files. This can be useful in scenarios where multiple changes are made and a single <b>daemon-reload</b> is preferred at the end.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>deb-systemd-helper</b> is a crucial utility in Debian-based systems, designed to simplify the interaction between Debian package maintainer scripts and <b>systemd</b> service management. Its primary role is to abstract the complexities of enabling, disabling, starting, stopping, masking, or unmasking <b>systemd</b> units during package installation, upgrade, or removal. Maintainer scripts (<i>preinst</i>, <i>postinst</i>, <i>prerm</i>, <i>postrm</i>) use <b>deb-systemd-helper</b> to ensure that services are correctly configured and managed, regardless of whether <b>systemd</b> is the active init system or if a different init system (like SysVinit) is in use.<br><br>This helper checks for the presence and readiness of <b>systemd</b> before attempting any <b>systemctl</b> operations, failing gracefully or falling back to <b>update-rc.d</b> for compatibility when <b>systemd</b> is not available or not fully functional. It aims to provide a consistent interface for package maintainers, reducing the burden of writing complex conditional logic to handle various init system environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>deb-systemd-helper</b> is primarily intended for use by Debian package maintainer scripts and is not generally meant for direct interactive use by end-users. For direct <b>systemd</b> management, <b>systemctl</b> is the appropriate tool.<br><br>It performs checks for <b>systemd</b>'s availability and may gracefully do nothing or fall back to <b>update-rc.d</b> for legacy SysVinit compatibility if <b>systemd</b> is not the active init system, ensuring package installations don't fail on non-<b>systemd</b> systems.<br><br>While it simplifies maintainer scripts, understanding underlying <b>systemd</b> concepts and <b>systemctl</b> operations is still beneficial for debugging.


title: COMMON COMMANDS
content:
Here are some of the most common commands used with <b>deb-systemd-helper</b>, typically called within package maintainer scripts:<br><ul><li><i>enable UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Enables one or more <b>systemd</b> units for boot-time start. This typically creates symlinks in <i>multi-user.target.wants</i> or similar directories.</li><li><i>disable UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Disables one or more <b>systemd</b> units, preventing them from starting at boot. Removes the symlinks created by <i>enable</i>.</li><li><i>mask UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Masks one or more <b>systemd</b> units, effectively preventing them from being started manually, automatically, or by other units. This is achieved by linking the unit file to <i>/dev/null</i>.</li><li><i>unmask UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Unmasks one or more <b>systemd</b> units, reversing the effect of <i>mask</i>.</li><li><i>restart UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Restarts one or more <b>systemd</b> units. This is often used during package upgrades if a service needs to be reloaded to pick up new configuration.</li><li><i>reload UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Reloads the configuration of one or more <b>systemd</b> units without restarting the entire service. Not all services support this.</li><li><i>try-restart UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> Restarts one or more <b>systemd</b> units only if they are currently running.</li><li><i>update-rc.d UNIT_NAME</i>...:<br> This command is a fallback for <i>enable</i>/<i>disable</i> on non-<b>systemd</b> systems, effectively passing arguments to the <b>update-rc.d</b> utility for SysVinit compatibility.</li></ul>


title: USAGE IN MAINTAINER SCRIPTS
content:
<b>deb-systemd-helper</b> is typically invoked in Debian package maintainer scripts (<i>preinst</i>, <i>postinst</i>, <i>prerm</i>, <i>postrm</i>). For example:<br><ul><li>In <i>postinst</i>, to enable a service after installation: <br><code>deb-systemd-helper enable my-service.service</code></li><li>In <i>prerm</i>, to disable a service before removal: <br><code>deb-systemd-helper disable my-service.service</code></li><li>In <i>postinst</i> during an upgrade, to restart a service: <br><code>deb-systemd-helper restart my-service.service</code></li></ul>


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>deb-systemd-helper</b> emerged as part of Debian's transition to <b>systemd</b> as the default init system. Introduced to ease the migration process for package maintainers, it provided a standardized and robust way to interact with <b>systemd</b> services from within <b>dpkg</b> maintainer scripts. Its development focused on ensuring backward compatibility and graceful degradation on systems not running <b>systemd</b>, thus smoothing the transition across the Debian ecosystem.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>deb-systemd-invoke</b> [<i>ACTION</i>] [<i>UNIT_NAME</i>...]<br><b>deb-systemd-invoke</b> <i>tmpfiles</i> [<i>UNIT_NAME</i>...]<br><b>deb-systemd-invoke</b> <i>udev-trigger</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>ACTION</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Represents a <i>systemctl</i> command to execute against specified units. Common actions include <i>start</i>, <i>stop</i>, <i>restart</i>, <i>try-restart</i>, <i>reload</i>, <i>reload-or-restart</i>, <i>daemon-reload</i>, <i>enable</i>, <i>disable</i>, <i>mask</i>, <i>unmask</i>, <i>preset</i>, <i>revert</i>, and <i>set-property</i>.<br><br><b><i>UNIT_NAME</i>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more <i>systemd</i> unit names (e.g., <i>my-service.service</i>, <i>my-socket.socket</i>) or unit file paths that the specified <i>ACTION</i> should apply to. For the <i>tmpfiles</i> action, this can refer to specific temporary file configuration names if needed.<br><br><b><i>tmpfiles</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A dedicated action to manage temporary files and directories as defined by <i>systemd-tmpfiles</i> configuration files. This invokes <i>systemd-tmpfiles --create --remove --boot</i> and other relevant arguments safely.<br><br><b><i>udev-trigger</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A dedicated action to trigger <i>udev</i> events. This is typically used after installing or upgrading packages that include new hardware rules or drivers, invoking commands like <i>udevadm trigger</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>deb-systemd-invoke</i> is a utility specific to Debian and Ubuntu-based systems, designed to be used primarily within package maintainer scripts (e.g., <i>postinst</i>, <i>prerm</i>, <i>postrm</i>). Its main purpose is to safely and conditionally interact with <i>systemd</i> components like <i>systemctl</i> and <i>systemd-tmpfiles</i>.<br><br>It acts as an intelligent wrapper, ensuring that systemd commands are only executed if <i>systemd</i> is the active init system and the environment is suitable for the action (e.g., not during a chroot, or if a service is already stopped or enabled as desired). This approach prevents errors and ensures packages behave correctly across various system states, including upgrades, installations, removals, and even in environments where <i>systemd</i> might not be fully running or isn't the primary init system. The command handles various unit types (services, sockets, timers, paths) and also provides specific actions for temporary files management and <i>udev</i> triggering, making it a critical component for seamless package operations on Debian derivatives.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is specific to Debian and Ubuntu Linux distributions and is primarily intended for use by package maintainer scripts. It is not generally meant for interactive user use. Its functionality is conditional on <i>systemd</i> being the active init system, though it is designed to gracefully handle environments where <i>systemd</i> is not fully operational or present, preventing errors in such contexts.


title: ROLE IN MAINTAINER SCRIPTS
content:
<i>deb-systemd-invoke</i> is frequently called from package maintainer scripts such as <i>postinst</i> (post-installation), <i>prerm</i> (pre-removal), and <i>postrm</i> (post-removal). For example, a <i>postinst</i> script might use <i>deb-systemd-invoke restart my-service.service</i> after an upgrade to restart a service, while a <i>prerm</i> script might use <i>deb-systemd-invoke stop my-service.service</i> before package removal. It intelligently determines if the service should be acted upon based on the installation state, active init system, and whether the service is already running or enabled.


title: CONDITIONAL EXECUTION LOGIC
content:
A key feature of <i>deb-systemd-invoke</i> is its robust conditional execution logic. Before calling <i>systemctl</i> or <i>systemd-tmpfiles</i>, it performs checks to ensure the action is appropriate for the current environment. These checks include: <br>1. Confirming <i>systemd</i> is the active init system.<br>2. Verifying the environment is a fully operational system (e.g., not a chroot, installer environment, or container that doesn't run systemd).<br>3. Determining if the unit is enabled, active, or genuinely needs the requested action. <br>This intelligent behavior prevents errors in non-<i>systemd</i> setups or during partial system operations, significantly enhancing the reliability of Debian packages.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>deb-systemd-invoke</i> was developed as a crucial part of Debian's integration of <i>systemd</i> as the default init system. Its creation addressed the complex challenge of transitioning existing package maintainer scripts, which traditionally interacted with SysVinit, to work reliably and robustly with <i>systemd</i>. It provides an abstraction layer that ensures packages can correctly start, stop, enable, or disable services, and manage temporary files, in both live <i>systemd</i> environments and during packaging operations like chroots or upgrades where <i>systemd</i> might not be fully active or even present.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>(No widely documented options)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The <b><I>steamos-factory-reset</I></b> command is generally executed without specific command-line options. Due to its highly destructive nature, its operation typically involves an interactive prompt requiring explicit user confirmation before proceeding with the reset.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b><I>steamos-factory-reset</I></b> command is a specialized utility primarily found on Valve's SteamOS, most notably on the Steam Deck. Its core purpose is to restore the operating system to its original, out-of-box state. This comprehensive process typically involves two major actions:<br><br><i>1. Wiping All User Data:</i> All personal files, installed games, applications, configurations, and user profiles stored on the user's home partition (e.g., <i>/home/deck</i>) are permanently deleted. This ensures no personal information remains on the device after the reset.<br><i>2. Reimaging the System:</i> The core SteamOS operating system files are overwritten with a clean, factory-installed image. This effectively resolves deep-seated system-level corruption, persistent performance issues, or allows a fresh start for a new user.<br><br>It is an irreversible and destructive operation, typically used for severe troubleshooting, preparing the device for sale, or when a complete clean slate is desired. Users are strongly advised to back up all important data before initiating this command.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b><I>Data Loss:</I></b> All user data, including installed games, game saves, personal files, and configurations, will be permanently and irreversibly deleted. It is absolutely crucial to perform a complete backup of any important data before running this command.<br><b><I>Irreversible:</I></b> Once initiated, the factory reset process cannot be stopped or undone.<br><b><I>Time Consuming:</I></b> The process can take a significant amount of time to complete, depending on the system's storage speed and the size of the recovery image.<br><b><I>Power Requirements:</I></b> Ensure the device is connected to a reliable power source throughout the entire factory reset process to prevent critical system corruption due to power loss.


title: USAGE CONTEXT
content:
This command is typically invoked from a dedicated SteamOS recovery environment or a special boot mode, rather than from the standard desktop or gaming modes. Accessing the recovery environment usually involves specific button combinations during device startup or selecting a recovery option from the bootloader menu. This controlled environment ensures that the command has the necessary permissions and that the system is in a stable state for such a critical operation.


title: PREREQUISITES
content:
While the command itself doesn't require specific arguments, a stable power connection is paramount to prevent data corruption during the reimaging process. Depending on the specific SteamOS version and implementation, an internet connection might also be beneficial or even required to download the latest system image or updates if they are not fully contained within the device's recovery partition.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b><I>steamos-factory-reset</I></b> command, or similar internal recovery scripts, is a key component of Valve's SteamOS ecosystem. Its development became particularly vital with the launch of the Steam Deck, a handheld gaming PC running SteamOS. It was designed to provide users with a robust, built-in self-recovery mechanism. This allows users to easily restore their device to a pristine state for troubleshooting severe software issues or preparing the device for a new owner, without requiring advanced Linux knowledge or external recovery media. Its prominence increased as the Steam Deck became widely adopted, offering a straightforward solution for system restoration.


title: TLDR
content:
<b>Begin a factory reset (requires confirmation)</b>`steamos-factory-reset`<br><b>Display help</b>`steamos-factory-reset --help`


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>steamos-factory-reset-config</b> command is a specialized utility designed for SteamOS. Its primary purpose is to revert specific user-level configuration files related to the Steam client and its environment back to their original, 'factory default' state. This command is particularly useful for troubleshooting issues stemming from corrupted or misconfigured Steam settings, such as graphical glitches, UI problems, controller input issues, or general instability within the Steam client or Big Picture Mode. It operates by typically removing or relocating existing configuration files and allowing the Steam client to regenerate them upon next launch, ensuring a clean slate. It's important to note that this command <i>does not</i> perform a full operating system reinstallation, nor does it affect user-created data, downloaded games, or other files outside of the specific Steam configuration directories. It aims to provide a quick fix for software-related issues without necessitating a complete system reset.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <b>steamos-factory-reset-config</b> will erase all personalized Steam client settings, including UI preferences, controller mappings (though often stored separately and might not be fully reset by this specific tool), download region, Big Picture Mode settings, and potentially other client-specific configurations. While it does not delete downloaded games or user documents, you will need to reconfigure your Steam client settings after running this command.<br>It's advisable to back up any critical configuration files manually if you wish to preserve them, although direct restoration might reintroduce the issues you're trying to fix. Running this command might require elevated privileges (e.g., <i>sudo</i>) depending on the specific files it targets and how SteamOS is configured, though it typically operates on user-owned files.


title: AFFECTED DIRECTORIES
content:
This command primarily targets configuration files located within the user's home directory, typically under paths like <i>~/.steam/</i> and <i>~/.local/share/Steam/</i>. These directories contain Steam client settings, cached data, and sometimes controller configurations, which are reset by this utility. The exact files and subdirectories affected can vary slightly between SteamOS versions but generally pertain to user-specific Steam client behavior and preferences.


title: USAGE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
content:
This command is often recommended as a first troubleshooting step for persistent issues with the Steam client or Big Picture Mode that aren't resolved by simply restarting Steam or the system. After running the command, it is recommended to restart the Steam client (or the entire system) to allow the new, default configuration files to be generated and applied properly. If you encounter issues running the command, ensure you have the necessary permissions or try prefixing it with <i>sudo</i> if you suspect system-wide configuration files are involved (though less common for this specific command).


title: HISTORY
content:
The need for a configuration reset utility arose with the development and release of SteamOS, a Linux-based operating system tailored for gaming. As SteamOS evolved, particularly with its initial Debian-based iterations, users encountered scenarios where custom or corrupted configurations led to a suboptimal gaming experience. <b>steamos-factory-reset-config</b> was introduced as a convenient script to address these user-level configuration issues without requiring a full OS reinstallation. Its design reflects Valve's commitment to providing troubleshooting tools that simplify maintenance for users, ensuring a smooth gaming experience even when configuration files become problematic. While the exact date of its first appearance as a standalone command might be hard to pinpoint, its functionality is integral to the maintainability of a dedicated gaming OS.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>micromamba</i> &lt;command&gt; [&lt;args&gt;]<br><br><i>Common commands:</i><br><b>micromamba install</b> [options] &lt;package&gt; [package...]<br><b>micromamba create</b> [options] -n &lt;env_name&gt; [package...]<br><b>micromamba activate</b> &lt;env_name_or_path&gt;<br><b>micromamba shell</b> [init|activate|deactivate|hook|cleanup]<br><b>micromamba list</b> [options]<br><b>micromamba remove</b> [options] &lt;package&gt; [package...]<br><b>micromamba run</b> [options] &lt;executable&gt; [args...]<br><b>micromamba config</b> &lt;subcommand&gt; [options]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--help</b>, <b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help message for a command or global options.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the <i>micromamba</i> version and exit.<br><br><b><b>--yes</b>, <b>-y</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not ask for confirmation; execute actions immediately.<br><br><b><b>--dry-run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform a trial run without executing changes.<br><br><b><b>--channel &lt;channel_name_or_url&gt;</b>, <b>-c &lt;channel_name_or_url&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify additional <i>conda</i> channels to search for packages.<br><br><b><b>--prefix &lt;path&gt;</b>, <b>-p &lt;path&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Path to the target environment prefix.<br><br><b><b>--name &lt;env_name&gt;</b>, <b>-n &lt;env_name&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Name of the target environment (for create/activate/remove).<br><br><b><b>--root-prefix &lt;path&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Path to the <i>micromamba</i> root directory (where environments are stored).<br><br><b><b>--always-copy</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy packages instead of hard-linking or sym-linking them.<br><br><b><b>--no-deps</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not install dependencies; only install specified packages.<br><br><b><b>--platform &lt;platform&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the detected platform (e.g., <i>linux-64</i>, <i>osx-arm64</i>).<br><br><b><b>--file &lt;yaml_file&gt;</b>, <b>-f &lt;yaml_file&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Install packages from an environment specification YAML file.<br><br><b><b>--override-channels</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not use the default channels; only use specified channels.<br><br><b><b>--update-all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Update all packages in the environment (for <i>install</i> or <i>update</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>micromamba</i> is a modern, cross-platform package manager and environment management system, serving as a re-implementation of the core <i>conda</i> functionality in C++. It was developed to address some of the performance and distribution challenges associated with the original <i>conda</i> and <i>mamba</i> tools. Unlike its Python-based predecessors, <i>micromamba</i> is distributed as a single, statically linked executable, making it exceptionally fast, lightweight, and easy to deploy in various environments, including CI/CD pipelines, containerized applications, and embedded systems.<br><br>It provides robust capabilities for creating, managing, and activating isolated software environments, resolving complex package dependencies efficiently, and fetching packages from <i>conda</i> channels like <i>conda-forge</i>. Its compact size and speed make it an ideal choice for users who need <i>conda</i>'s power without the overhead, or for automated scripting where minimal footprint and rapid execution are critical. <i>micromamba</i> aims for full compatibility with <i>conda</i> environments and channels, allowing seamless integration into existing <i>conda</i> workflows.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>micromamba</i> provides excellent <i>conda</i> compatibility but might not support every niche feature or old configuration specific to the full <i>conda</i> distribution (e.g., certain legacy package types or very specific build tooling). Its shell integration requires an explicit <b>micromamba shell init &lt;shell&gt;</b> command to properly configure environment activation for your shell. While highly stable, active development means new features and minor behavioral changes can occur between versions.


title: <B>SHELL INTEGRATION</B>
content:
For proper environment activation (e.g., modifying your PATH when using <b>micromamba activate</b>), you need to initialize your shell. Run <b>micromamba shell init &lt;your_shell_name&gt;</b> (e.g., <i>bash</i>, <i>zsh</i>, <i>fish</i>) and then restart your shell or source its configuration file. This adds the necessary <i>micromamba</i> hooks.


title: <B>PORTABILITY & DISTRIBUTION</B>
content:
One of <i>micromamba</i>'s key advantages is its distribution as a single static executable. This makes it highly portable: you can download the binary, place it anywhere on your system, and start using it without complex installation procedures or worrying about Python dependencies. This feature is invaluable for CI/CD pipelines and distributing self-contained environments.


title: <B>ROOT PREFIX VS. ENVIRONMENT PREFIX</B>
content:
<i>micromamba</i> manages a 'root prefix' (defaulting to <i>~/.micromamba</i> or <i>$MAMBA_ROOT_PREFIX</i>) where it stores its configuration, package cache, and all managed environments. Individual environments are then created within this root prefix at their 'environment prefix' path. Understanding this distinction is crucial for managing your <i>micromamba</i> installation and environments effectively.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>micromamba</i> emerged from the <i>conda-forge</i> ecosystem as a C++ re-implementation of <i>mamba</i>'s core functionalities. Its development, primarily by Wolf Vollprecht and the Quansight team, was driven by the need for a truly standalone, minimal, and performant package manager. The goal was to provide <i>conda</i>'s powerful environment and package management capabilities in a single, easily distributable binary, suitable for contexts where Python dependencies or larger footprints of <i>conda</i>/<i>mamba</i> were undesirable. It quickly gained traction for its speed and efficiency, especially in CI/CD, containerization, and data science workflows.


title: TLDR
content:
<b>Create a new environment at a specific path, installing named packages into it</b>`micromamba create [[-p|--prefix]] /[path/to/env] [python=3.11 numpy]`<br><b>Activate an environment by name or path</b>`micromamba activate [[-p|--prefix]] /[path/to/env]`<br><b>Run a command inside an environment without activating it in the shell</b>`micromamba run [[-p|--prefix]] /[path/to/env] [pytest tests/]`<br><b>Install packages into the currently active environment</b>`micromamba install [scipy pandas]`<br><b>List all installed packages in the current environment</b>`micromamba list`<br><b>Search for packages in channels or current environment</b>`micromamba search [package_name]`<br><b>Query tree-like dependencies of a package</b>`micromamba repoquery depends [[-t|--tree]] [package_name]`<br><b>Show information about the current micromamba setup</b>`micromamba info`


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>btrfs scrub</b> {<i>start</i>|<i>cancel</i>|<i>status</i>|<i>resume</i>} [<i>options</i>] &lt;<i>path</i>|<i>device</i>&gt;


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>start</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts a scrub on the specified filesystem or device. If a scrub is already running, it will report an error unless <b>--force</b> is used.<br><br><b><i>cancel</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cancels a running scrub for the specified filesystem or device.<br><br><b><i>status</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the status of a running scrub or the results of the last completed scrub for the specified filesystem or device.<br><br><b><i>resume</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resumes a previously paused or interrupted scrub for the specified filesystem or device.<br><br><b>-B, --background</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run the scrub in the background. (For <i>start</i> and <i>resume</i>)<br><br><b>-d, --dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not repair anything, just report what would be repaired. (For <i>start</i> and <i>resume</i>)<br><br><b>-f, --force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force a scrub to start even if one is already running. (For <i>start</i> only)<br><br><b>-r, --rescan-devices</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Rescan the devices that are part of the filesystem. This is useful if devices have been added or removed. (For <i>start</i> and <i>resume</i>)<br><br><b>-R, --read-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not write anything to the device. This implies <b>--dry-run</b> but also means no progress will be saved for resume. (For <i>start</i> and <i>resume</i>)<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>btrfs scrub</b> command initiates an online scan of a Btrfs filesystem. During this scan, all data and metadata blocks are read, and their checksums are verified. If a checksum mismatch is detected for data blocks and the filesystem uses a redundant RAID profile (like <i>RAID1</i>, <i>RAID1C3</i>, <i>RAID1C4</i>, <i>RAID5</i>, or <i>RAID6</i>), <b>btrfs scrub</b> attempts to repair the corrupted blocks using a good copy from another device.<br><br>This operation helps to detect and mitigate <I>bitrot</I> or silent data corruption. It's a non-destructive process and can be run on a mounted, active filesystem. Although it can be I/O intensive, it's designed to run in the background and can be paused, resumed, or canceled. Regularly scrubbing your Btrfs filesystems is a crucial part of maintaining data integrity.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Key Caveats and Limitations:</b><br> - A scrub operation can be I/O intensive and might impact system performance, especially on busy systems. It's recommended to run scrubs during off-peak hours or with the <b>--background</b> option.<br> - Scrub only repairs data blocks if the filesystem is configured with a redundant RAID profile (e.g., <i>RAID1</i>, <i>RAID1C3</i>, <i>RAID1C4</i>, <i>RAID5</i>, <i>RAID6</i>). For single disk or <i>RAID0</i> profiles, it will detect corruption but cannot repair it automatically.<br> - It requires the Btrfs filesystem to be mounted.<br> - <b>btrfs scrub</b> primarily checks for data integrity by verifying checksums. It is <B>not</B> a replacement for <b>btrfs check</b>, which verifies and repairs the filesystem's structural consistency offline.<br> - The progress and speed of the scrub can be influenced by system load and I/O scheduler settings.


title: SCRUB VS. CHECK
content:
It's important to differentiate between <b>btrfs scrub</b> and <b>btrfs check</b>. <b>btrfs scrub</b> is an <I>online</I> operation that verifies data and metadata checksums on an active, mounted filesystem and attempts to repair corrupted blocks if redundancy is available. In contrast, <b>btrfs check</b> is an <I>offline</I> tool used to verify and potentially repair the structural integrity of a <B>unmounted</B> Btrfs filesystem. They serve different but complementary purposes in filesystem maintenance.


title: PERFORMANCE IMPACT
content:
While designed to run in the background, <b>btrfs scrub</b> can still consume significant I/O bandwidth and CPU resources. Users may notice a performance degradation during a scrub, especially on systems with limited I/O throughput or during periods of high disk activity. The <b>--background</b> option helps mitigate this by running the scrub with a lower I/O priority, but it does not eliminate the resource consumption entirely.


title: PROGRESS MONITORING
content:
The progress of an active scrub can be monitored using the <b>btrfs scrub status</b> command. This command provides information such as the total data scrubbed, number of errors found, and estimated time remaining. For long-running scrubs, it's a valuable tool to track its progress.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>btrfs scrub</b> command is an integral part of the <i>btrfs-progs</i> user-space utilities, which provide the tools for managing Btrfs filesystems. It has been available since the early development phases of Btrfs, reflecting the filesystem's strong focus on data integrity and self-healing capabilities. Its development has mirrored the ongoing evolution of the Btrfs filesystem itself, with continuous improvements in performance, reliability, and feature set over the years.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<pre><b>bwrap</b> [<i>OPTIONS...</i>] <i>COMMAND</i> [<i>ARGS...</i>]</pre><br>The <i>COMMAND</i> and its <i>ARGS</i> are executed inside the newly created sandboxed environment.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--bind</b> <i>OLD NEW</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mounts the file or directory <i>OLD</i> from the host into the sandbox at <i>NEW</i>. This exposes host paths to the sandboxed application.<br><br><b><b>--ro-bind</b> <i>OLD NEW</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mounts the file or directory <i>OLD</i> from the host read-only into the sandbox at <i>NEW</i>.<br><br><b><b>--tmpfs</b> <i>PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a temporary filesystem (tmpfs) mounted at <i>PATH</i> inside the sandbox. Its contents are lost when the sandbox exits.<br><br><b><b>--dev</b> <i>PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new <i>/dev</i> filesystem at <i>PATH</i> inside the sandbox, only populated with essential device files like <i>/dev/null</i>, <i>/dev/zero</i>, etc.<br><br><b><b>--proc</b> <i>PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new <i>/proc</i> filesystem at <i>PATH</i> inside the sandbox, showing only processes within the sandbox's PID namespace.<br><br><b><b>--symlink</b> <i>TARGET LINK_NAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a symbolic link <i>LINK_NAME</i> pointing to <i>TARGET</i> inside the sandbox.<br><br><b><b>--clearenv</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clears the environment variables inherited from the parent process, providing a clean environment.<br><br><b><b>--setenv</b> <i>KEY VALUE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets an environment variable <i>KEY</i> to <i>VALUE</i> inside the sandbox for the executed command.<br><br><b><b>--unshare-user</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new user namespace. The sandboxed process will run as root within this namespace, mapped to a non-privileged user on the host.<br><br><b><b>--unshare-pid</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new PID namespace. Processes inside the sandbox will have their own PID 1, isolated from host processes.<br><br><b><b>--unshare-net</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new network namespace. The sandbox will have an isolated network stack, effectively preventing network access by default.<br><br><b><b>--share-net</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shares the host's network namespace, allowing the sandboxed process to access the network as usual (no network isolation).<br><br><b><b>--die-with-parent</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Kills the sandboxed process if the parent process (the one that invoked <b>bwrap</b>) dies.<br><br><b><b>--new-session</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new session for the sandboxed process, detaching it from the calling terminal. Useful for daemon processes.<br><br><b><b>--cap-drop</b> <i>CAP</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Drops the specified Linux capability for the sandboxed process. Can be used multiple times to remove various privileges.<br><br><b><b>--seccomp</b> <i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a seccomp-bpf filter program from <i>FILE</i> to restrict system calls the sandboxed process can make.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>bwrap</b> (short for "bubblewrap") is a lightweight, low-level sandboxing tool for Linux. Its primary purpose is to create isolated execution environments for applications, leveraging various Linux kernel features, most notably <I>namespaces</I> (mount, user, PID, network, IPC, UTS, cgroup) and <I>seccomp-bpf</I> filters.<br><br>Unlike full virtual machines or containers like Docker, <b>bwrap</b> doesn't virtualize an entire operating system; instead, it focuses on isolating a process from the host system's files, processes, and network. It achieves this by creating new namespaces for the process, effectively giving it its own view of the system resources. For example, it can present a custom root filesystem, hide the host's <i>/proc</i> or <i>/dev</i>, or prevent network access.<br><br><b>bwrap</b> is a fundamental building block for higher-level sandboxing solutions, most notably <I>Flatpak</I>, where it provides the underlying security isolation for GUI applications. Its design prioritizes security and unprivileged operation, allowing users to run potentially untrusted applications in a controlled environment without requiring root privileges for the sandboxing itself (though setting up user namespaces might require system-wide configuration or capabilities). It provides a powerful and flexible mechanism for controlling what an application can see and do on the system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><I>Privilege Requirements</I>: While <b>bwrap</b> aims for unprivileged sandboxing, creating user namespaces (via <B>--unshare-user</B>) often requires specific kernel configurations (<I>kernel.unprivileged_userns_clone</I> sysctl enabled) or a setuid binary. If user namespaces are disabled, <b>bwrap</b> typically needs <B>CAP_SYS_ADMIN</B> or root privileges to function fully.</li><li><I>Not Full Virtualization</I>: <b>bwrap</b> isolates processes but does not provide a full virtual machine. Kernel vulnerabilities or misconfigurations can still impact the host system.</li><li><I>Complexity</I>: Building a secure and functional sandbox with <b>bwrap</b> can be complex due to the granular control it offers over namespaces and mounts. Incorrect configurations can lead to security holes or broken applications.</li><li><I>Kernel Dependency</I>: Relies heavily on modern Linux kernel features (namespaces, cgroups, seccomp). Older kernels may not support all features or behave differently.</li></ul>


title: SECURITY MODEL
content:
<b>bwrap</b>'s security model is built upon the Linux kernel's <I>namespaces</I> and <I>seccomp-bpf</I>. <br><ul><li><B>Namespaces</B>: Isolate the sandboxed process's view of system resources (filesystems, PIDs, users, network). For example, a new mount namespace means the process sees a custom root filesystem, and a new user namespace allows the process to run as root within its sandbox without being root on the host.<br></li><li><B>Seccomp-bpf</B>: Allows for fine-grained control over which system calls the sandboxed process is permitted to make, significantly reducing the attack surface by preventing access to dangerous kernel functions.</li></ul><br>By combining these features, <b>bwrap</b> provides a powerful isolation mechanism, reducing the potential impact of vulnerabilities within sandboxed applications.


title: COMMON USAGE PATTERN
content:
A common pattern for using <b>bwrap</b> involves setting up a minimal, isolated environment by explicitly binding necessary directories from the host, creating new filesystems for temporary data, and unsharing various namespaces:<br><pre><b>bwrap</b> \<br>  <B>--bind</B> /usr /usr \<br>  <B>--bind</B> /bin /bin \<br>  <B>--bind</B> /lib /lib \<br>  <B>--bind</B> /lib64 /lib64 \<br>  <B>--tmpfs</B> /tmp \<br>  <B>--proc</B> /proc \<br>  <B>--dev</B> /dev \<br>  <B>--unshare-pid</B> \<br>  <B>--unshare-net</B> \<br>  <B>--die-with-parent</B> \<br>  <B>--</B> <I>command</I> <I>args...</I></pre><br>This creates an isolated sandbox, provides essential system directories, and ensures the sandboxed command has its own process and network space, while also ensuring it cleans up when the parent process exits.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>bwrap</b> utility was developed as a core component of the <I>Flatpak</I> (originally xdg-app) project, which aims to revolutionize how desktop applications are distributed and run on Linux. Before <b>bwrap</b>, Flatpak utilized <I>OSTree</I> and other mechanisms for application bundling, but a robust and unprivileged sandboxing solution was needed. <b>bwrap</b> was created to fill this gap, providing a secure, lightweight, and user-namespace-aware primitive for creating application sandboxes. Its development focused on being simple, auditable, and resilient against typical sandbox escapes, making it an essential part of the modern Linux desktop application ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--no-deps</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Excludes dependency information from the output, limiting the metadata to direct package details.</i><br><br><b><b>--format-version</b> <i>&lt;VERSION&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specifies the format version of the output JSON. This allows tools to parse future versions of the metadata.</i><br><br><b><b>--filter-platform</b> <i>&lt;TRIPLE&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Filters targets and dependencies by a specific compilation target triple (e.g., 'x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu').</i><br><br><b><b>--offline</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Prevents Cargo from accessing the network during metadata collection.</i><br><br><b><b>--frozen</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Requires <I>Cargo.lock</I> to be up-to-date and prevents it from being updated.</i><br><br><b><b>--locked</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Requires <I>Cargo.lock</I> to exist and be up-to-date.</i><br><br><b><b>--manifest-path</b> <i>&lt;PATH&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Path to the <I>Cargo.toml</I> file for which to generate metadata.</i><br><br><b><b>--workspace</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Outputs metadata only for workspace members, excluding information about external dependencies.</i><br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Use verbose output for Cargo messages during the operation.</i><br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Suppresses all Cargo log messages, only printing the JSON output.</i><br><br><b><b>--color</b> <i>&lt;WHEN&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Controls the coloring of Cargo messages (<I>auto</I>, <I>always</I>, <I>never</I>).</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>cargo-metadata</b> is a crucial subcommand of the Rust package manager, <i>Cargo</i>. It is designed to output comprehensive, machine-readable information about a Rust project's workspace, packages, targets, features, and dependencies in <i>JSON</i> format.<br><br>Unlike other <i>Cargo</i> commands that perform actions like building or checking, <b>cargo-metadata</b> focuses purely on data extraction. This makes it an indispensable tool for external applications such as Integrated Development Environments (<i>IDEs</i>), build systems, continuous integration/continuous delivery (<i>CI/CD</i>) pipelines, and custom scripting.<br><br>The command provides a structured representation of the project, including details about individual packages (name, version, authors, licenses), their targets (libraries, executables, tests, benchmarks, examples), enabled features, and a complete dependency graph. By offering this data programmatically, <b>cargo-metadata</b> eliminates the need for external tools to parse <i>Cargo.toml</i> files directly, ensuring accurate and consistent understanding of complex Rust projects. Its primary use case is to enable sophisticated tooling to analyze, navigate, and interact with <i>Rust</i> workspaces effectively.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The output of <b>cargo-metadata</b> can be extremely large for projects with many dependencies, potentially consuming significant memory or disk space if piped to a file.<br><br>While designed for machine readability, direct human interpretation of the raw <i>JSON</i> output can be challenging without proper formatting tools like <b>jq(1)</b>.<br><br>The <b>--format-version</b> option is crucial for ensuring compatibility with future <i>Cargo</i> versions, as the exact structure of the <i>JSON</i> output may evolve.


title: <B>JSON OUTPUT STRUCTURE</B>
content:
The output is a single <i>JSON</i> object with several top-level fields:<br><i><b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;packages</b></i>: An array of all packages in the workspace and its dependency graph, each containing detailed information (name, version, authors, targets, features, etc.).<br><i><b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;resolve</b></i>: A graph representing the resolved dependency tree for all packages, showing which version of each dependency was selected.<br><i><b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;workspace_members</b></i>: An array of package IDs that are members of the current workspace.<br><i><b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;workspace_root</b></i>: The absolute path to the workspace root directory.<br><i><b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;target_directory</b></i>: The absolute path to the build output directory.


title: <B>COMMON TOOLING INTEGRATION</B>
content:
<b>cargo-metadata</b> is heavily utilized by tools like <i>rust-analyzer</i> (the official <i>Rust</i> Language Server), linters, static analysis tools, and custom build scripts to understand project structure, resolve paths, and determine compilation targets without manual parsing of configuration files. This programmatic interface ensures consistency and robustness across the <i>Rust</i> development ecosystem.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>cargo-metadata</b> is an integral part of the <i>Cargo</i> build system, developed alongside <i>Rust</i> to facilitate programmatic access to project information. Its initial design aimed to support <i>IDEs</i> and other development tools that require a structured understanding of <i>Rust</i> workspaces and their dependencies. While its core functionality has remained stable, the output <i>JSON</i> format has evolved, necessitating the <b>--format-version</b> option to ensure backward compatibility and smooth transitions for tools relying on its output. It has been a key component in enabling the rich tooling ecosystem around <i>Rust</i>.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>cargo(1)</b> - The Rust package manager and build tool., <b>cargo-build(1)</b> - Compiles the current package., <b>cargo-check(1)</b> - Analyzes the current package and reports errors, but doesn't build., <b>jq(1)</b> - A lightweight and flexible command-line <i>JSON</i> processor.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The name 'chars' does not correspond to a standard, standalone command or utility in common Linux distributions. While there isn't a dedicated command named 'chars' for general character operations, the concept of 'characters' is fundamental to Linux and computing. It often refers to:<br><ul><li>Character encoding (e.g., ASCII, UTF-8, ISO-8859-1) which defines how characters are represented digitally.</li><li>The display and manipulation of various character types (printable, non-printable, control characters).</li><li>Character classes used in regular expressions (e.g., in <b>grep</b>, <b>sed</b>, <b>awk</b>) to match specific sets of characters (like alphanumeric, digits, whitespace).</li></ul><br>Tasks related to character handling are typically performed by specific options of other general-purpose commands or by dedicated utilities for encoding conversion.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The name 'chars' does not correspond to a standard, standalone command in common Linux distributions. It is possible the query refers to a specific utility developed for a particular system, a misremembered command name, or a conceptual reference to character handling within various commands and programming contexts. Users looking to perform operations related to characters should consult documentation for commands like <b>cat</b>, <b>od</b>, <b>iconv</b>, or text processing tools.


title: UNDERSTANDING CHARACTERS AND ENCODING IN LINUX
content:
Character encoding is crucial for proper text display and processing in Linux. Historically, ASCII was dominant, but today <b>UTF-8</b> is the prevalent encoding, supporting a vast range of international characters. <br><br>Linux systems manage character handling through <I>locale</I> settings, configured via environment variables like <b>LANG</b> and <b>LC_ALL</b>. These settings dictate aspects like character set, collation rules, and numeric formatting. <br><br>Tools like <b>iconv</b> allow conversion between different character encodings, while text processing commands like <b>grep</b>, <b>sed</b>, and <b>awk</b> utilize <I>character classes</I> (e.g., <b>[[:digit:]]</b>, <b>[[:space:]]</b>) within regular expressions to match specific types of characters, providing powerful text manipulation capabilities. Understanding these concepts is key to effective text processing on Linux.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<code><b>checksec</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [<i>FILE</i> | <i>PID</i>]</code><br><code><b>checksec</b> --file <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></code><br><code><b>checksec</b> --kernel</code><br><code><b>checksec</b> --proc <i>&lt;pid&gt;</i></code><br><code><b>checksec</b> --dir <i>&lt;directory&gt;</i></code><br><code><b>checksec</b> --output <i>&lt;format&gt;</i></code>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--file <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Analyzes a specified ELF executable or shared library file.<br><br><b>--kernel</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks the security features and mitigations applied to the Linux kernel.<br><br><b>--proc <i>&lt;pid&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Inspects the security properties of a currently running process by its PID.<br><br><b>--dir <i>&lt;directory&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scans all executable files found within the specified directory.<br><br><b>--output <i>&lt;format&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output format, such as <code>text</code> (default), <code>json</code>, or <code>csv</code>.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <code><b>checksec</b></code> to perform checks even if the file isn't recognized as a valid ELF.<br><br><b>--no-color</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables colored output, useful for scripting or terminals with limited color support.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides more detailed information during the analysis.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the command's help message and available options.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the <code><b>checksec</b></code> script version information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<code><b>checksec</b></code> is a powerful script designed to audit the security features enabled in compiled Linux executables (ELF files), kernel, or running processes. Its primary purpose is to help security researchers, exploit developers, and system administrators quickly assess the exploitability posture of binaries by checking for common mitigations. These include important protections like <b>RELRO</b>, <b>Stack Canaries</b> (SSP), <b>NX</b> (No eXecute), <b>PIE</b> (Position Independent Executable), and <b>Fortify Source</b>. By parsing ELF headers, program headers, and symbol tables, <code><b>checksec</b></code> provides a quick summary of whether these exploit mitigation techniques are active. This helps in understanding the level of protection a binary has against various exploitation techniques such as buffer overflows, ROP (Return-Oriented Programming), and code injection. It's an essential tool for penetration testing, vulnerability research, and secure software development auditing.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<code><b>checksec</b></code> primarily checks for <i>static</i> security features compiled into an executable or applied to the kernel. It does not provide real-time runtime analysis of a binary's behavior or vulnerabilities. Its findings are dependent on accurate ELF parsing and might be incomplete or misleading for heavily obfuscated, packed, or malformed binaries. Furthermore, the presence of these mitigations does not guarantee absolute invulnerability; skilled attackers can sometimes bypass them.


title: KEY SECURITY FEATURES CHECKED
content:
<i>checksec</i> evaluates the presence of several critical exploit mitigation techniques:<br><b>RELRO (Relocation Read-Only)</b>: Ensures that the Global Offset Table (GOT) or Procedure Linkage Table (PLT) cannot be overwritten after dynamic linking.<br><b>Canary (Stack Canary / SSP)</b>: A stack-based buffer overflow protection where a random value is placed on the stack before a return address. If this value changes, it indicates a buffer overflow.<br><b>NX (No eXecute)</b>: Marks memory regions (like the stack and heap) as non-executable, preventing code execution from data segments.<br><b>PIE (Position Independent Executable)</b>: Compiles the executable to be loaded at a random base address in memory, making ROP chain construction harder due to ASLR.<br><b>Fortify Source</b>: A GCC compile-time option that provides checks for common buffer overflows in functions like <i>strcpy</i>, <i>memcpy</i>, <i>sprintf</i>, etc., by replacing them with safer versions or adding runtime checks.<br><b>RPATH/RUNPATH</b>: Specifies a hardcoded library search path within the binary. While not a mitigation, it can be a security risk if pointing to untrusted locations.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <code><b>checksec</b></code> script originated from the PaX Team, primarily developed by <i>spender</i>, as part of the broader PaX and GRsecurity efforts aimed at improving Linux security. It emerged as a practical utility to quickly verify the effectiveness of various exploit mitigation technologies (like NX, PIE, ASLR) that these projects pioneered or championed. Over time, it gained widespread adoption within the security community, particularly among exploit developers and penetration testers, becoming a de facto standard tool for auditing binary security properties. It has been integrated into or inspires features within various security toolkits, including <code>pwntools</code>. Its development continues to adapt to new compiler features and evolving exploit mitigation techniques.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-V</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-q</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs in quiet mode, suppressing most output except for warnings or potential findings.<br><br><b><b>-x</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs in expert mode, performing additional, more detailed checks. This might increase scan time.<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <i>directory</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks the specified <i>directory</i> as the root partition. Useful for checking an unmounted or different filesystem.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>dir1:dir2:dirN</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies alternate paths for external commands (e.g., <b>strings</b>, <b>netstat</b>) that <b>chkrootkit</b> uses. This is crucial if the system's PATH is compromised.<br><br><b><b>-l</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all the tests that <b>chkrootkit</b> performs.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i>filename</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads a list of tests to perform from the specified <i>filename</i>, one test per line.<br><br><b><b>-n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips NFS (Network File System) checks, which can sometimes be noisy or unnecessary.<br><br><b><b>-e</b> <i>directory1:directory2</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Excludes specified directories from being checked when using the <b>-r</b> option.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>chkrootkit</b> command is a shell script that checks your system for known signs of a rootkit, worm, or Local Kernel Module (LKM) infection. It performs a series of tests, including: <br><i>comparing system binaries</i> for known signatures, <br><i>checking for discrepancies</i> between <b>ls</b> and <b>du</b> output (indicating hidden files), <br><i>analyzing process information</i> in <b>/proc</b> for suspicious entries, <br>and <i>looking for unusual network activity</i> or backdoor programs. It’s designed to be a post-compromise analysis tool but can also be used for regular security auditing. While not a definitive solution, it provides a valuable layer of defense by identifying common rootkit traces.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>chkrootkit</b> can produce false positives due to system configuration or legitimate software. It is not foolproof; advanced or unknown rootkits might evade detection. For maximum reliability, it's recommended to run <b>chkrootkit</b> from a trusted medium (e.g., a live CD/USB) on a system with its disks mounted as read-only, as a compromised system might have tampered with the <b>chkrootkit</b> binary itself or its dependencies. It also requires regular updates to its signature database to detect new threats.


title: USAGE BEST PRACTICES
content:
For effective use, it is highly recommended to update <b>chkrootkit</b> regularly to ensure its signature database is current. Running it from a known-good, immutable environment (like a live Linux distribution) ensures that the scanner itself hasn't been compromised. Automating scans via cron jobs can provide continuous monitoring, but manual review of the output is often necessary to distinguish true positives from false alarms.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>chkrootkit</b> was originally developed by Nelson Murilo and Francisco Ventura in 1999 as a response to the growing threat of rootkits on Linux systems. It quickly gained popularity due to its effectiveness in detecting common rootkit installations and became a staple tool for system administrators and security professionals for both proactive monitoring and post-incident analysis.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--lock</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Locks the screen immediately, activating the screensaver if it's not already active. This is often used for security when stepping away from the computer.<br><br><b><b>--activate</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activates the screensaver, typically displaying a screensaver animation, but does not necessarily lock the screen unless configured to do so. In many common use cases, its effect is similar to <b>--lock</b>.<br><br><b><b>--deactivate</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deactivates the screensaver, typically unlocking the screen if it was locked. This command might require user authentication depending on the system's security settings.<br><br><b><b>--query</b> or <b>--status</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Queries the current status of the screensaver. It prints information to standard output, indicating whether the screensaver is active, inactive, or locked.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with a list of available options and a brief description of their usage.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of the <b>cinnamon-screensaver-command</b> utility.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>cinnamon-screensaver-command</b> utility provides a command-line interface to interact with the Cinnamon desktop environment's screensaver daemon, <i>cinnamon-screensaver</i>. Its primary function is to allow users and scripts to control the screensaver's state, including locking the screen, activating the screensaver immediately, deactivating it, or querying its current status. This command is particularly useful for automation tasks, keyboard shortcuts, or scripts that need to programmatically manage the display's locked state within a Cinnamon session. It ensures that the screensaver behaves as expected without direct graphical interaction, making it a crucial component for system administrators and power users alike.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is specific to the <i>Cinnamon desktop environment</i> and requires the <i>cinnamon-screensaver</i> daemon to be running. It will not work on other desktop environments (like GNOME, KDE, XFCE, etc.) or if the Cinnamon screensaver daemon is not active. Deactivating the screensaver (unlocking) often requires authentication (e.g., password entry) for security purposes, which cannot be bypassed via this command-line tool.


title: USAGE EXAMPLES
content:
Here are some common usage examples for <b>cinnamon-screensaver-command</b>:<br><br><i>Lock the screen immediately:</i><br><code>cinnamon-screensaver-command --lock</code><br><br><i>Query the screensaver status:</i><br><code>cinnamon-screensaver-command --query</code><br><br><i>Deactivate the screensaver (if unlocked):</i><br><code>cinnamon-screensaver-command --deactivate</code>


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
The <b>cinnamon-screensaver-command</b> typically returns an exit status of <i>0</i> upon successful execution. A non-zero exit status indicates an error or failure in performing the requested operation.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>cinnamon-screensaver-command</b> utility emerged as part of the Cinnamon desktop environment's development, which itself is a fork of GNOME 3. Consequently, its functionality and command-line interface are heavily inspired by and often directly derived from the <i>gnome-screensaver-command</i> tool. It was created to provide native screensaver control for the Cinnamon desktop, maintaining compatibility with the underlying GNOME technologies while adapting to Cinnamon's specific design choices and user experience.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-e</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the conversion of multiple spaces into tabs. This is useful when the output is intended for programs like 'pr', which might misinterpret tabs.<br><br><b>-x</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Causes <i>colcrt</i> to output spaces for overstriking instead of backspaces. This is intended for terminals that do not support overstriking using backspaces, but it may result in a less visually distinct representation of bold or underlined text.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>colcrt</i> is a historical Unix command that acts as a filter, primarily processing the output generated by the <i>col</i> command. Its main purpose is to render <i>nroff</i> or <i>troff</i> formatted documents legibly on basic Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) terminals that lacked advanced text display capabilities, such as direct support for half-line feeds, reverse line feeds, or sophisticated overstriking. Modern terminal emulators typically handle these features inherently.<br><br><i>colcrt</i> achieves its goal by expanding the output vertically and horizontally, substituting complex cursor movements with combinations of newlines and spaces. For instance, reverse line feeds are simulated by inserting enough blank lines and spaces to correctly position subsequent text. Similarly, half-line motions are approximated using full line feeds and additional spacing. Overstriking, commonly used for bold text or underlining in <i>nroff</i> output, is handled by producing character sequences that visually approximate the effect on a CRT, typically by printing a character, backspacing, and then printing the next character. This ensures that documents, especially manual pages, are readable on older, less capable displays.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Primarily designed for older CRT terminals, <i>colcrt</i> has limited utility on modern terminal emulators or graphical environments that natively handle complex text formatting. It can sometimes produce more output than the <i>col</i> command due to its expansion of line movements and spacing.


title: TYPICAL USAGE
content:
<i>colcrt</i> is commonly used as the final filter in a pipeline to display formatted text.<br><br><i>Example: Display a man page after processing with <i>nroff</i> and <i>col</i></i><br><b>nroff -man foo.1 | col | colcrt | less</b>


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>colcrt</i> command was developed as part of the early Unix toolchain, originating from Bell Labs. Its existence was crucial for enabling users to preview <i>nroff</i> and <i>troff</i> formatted documents, such as manual pages, on the prevalent character-based CRT terminals of the 1970s and 1980s. These terminals lacked the advanced graphic capabilities or native support for half-line feeds and reverse line feeds that are common in modern display systems. <i>colcrt</i> effectively bridged this gap, ensuring readability. While its direct necessity has diminished with the advent of sophisticated terminal emulators and graphical user interfaces, it remains available for historical compatibility and specific niche requirements.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--format <I>FORMAT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output format. Common values include <I>text</I> (default), <I>json</I>, <I>plain</I>, and <I>summary</I>.<br><br><b>--file <I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes the audit output to the specified file instead of standard output (stdout).<br><br><b>--strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Causes the command to return a non-zero exit code if any vulnerabilities are found. This is highly useful for integration into CI/CD pipelines to enforce security policies.<br><br><b>--with-dev</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes development dependencies in the audit. By default, only required dependencies are audited.<br><br><b>--no-dev</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Excludes development dependencies from the audit. This is the default behavior unless <I>--with-dev</I> is specified.<br><br><b>--ignore-platform-reqs</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ignores platform requirements (e.g., PHP version, extensions) when performing the audit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>composer-audit</b> command, invoked as <I>composer audit</I>, is a crucial tool for identifying security vulnerabilities within your PHP project's dependencies.<br><br>It works by scanning the <I>composer.lock</I> file, which lists all installed packages and their exact versions. This information is then checked against a configured security advisory database, most commonly the <I>FriendsOfPHP/security-advisories</I> database, which aggregates publicly disclosed vulnerabilities for PHP packages.<br><br>Upon finding a vulnerability, the command reports details such as the affected package, the vulnerable version range, the advisory identifier, and often a link to more information about the security flaw. This proactive approach helps developers detect and address potential security risks in their application's dependency tree, safeguarding against known exploits and maintaining the integrity of their software.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <I>composer audit</I> command relies on external security advisory databases; therefore, newly discovered vulnerabilities might not be immediately available in the audit results until the databases are updated.<br>It only checks currently installed dependencies defined in <I>composer.lock</I> and does not analyze your project's custom code for vulnerabilities. It also won't detect vulnerabilities in packages that are not yet installed.


title: ADVISORY SOURCES
content:
The primary source for vulnerability advisories is typically the <I>FriendsOfPHP/security-advisories</I> Composer package, which aggregates information from various security disclosures and databases. Users can configure custom advisory sources in their <I>composer.json</I> file if they require specific or internal security feeds.


title: CI/CD INTEGRATION
content:
Due to its non-zero exit code on vulnerability detection (when using <I>--strict</I>), <I>composer audit</I> is an excellent candidate for integration into Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery (CI/CD) pipelines. This ensures that new vulnerabilities are caught early in the development lifecycle, preventing them from being deployed to production environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>audit</I> command was officially integrated into Composer's core functionality starting with Composer version 2.4.0, released in August 2022. Before its inclusion, developers often relied on third-party Composer plugins or separate tools to perform similar security checks on their dependencies.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>operation</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the action to perform on the KV store. Common operations typically include:<br><b>get</b>: Retrieve the value associated with a given key.<br><b>put</b>: Store or update a value for a specific key.<br><b>delete</b>: Remove a key and its associated value.<br><b>ls</b> (or <b>list</b>): List keys under a given prefix, often recursively.<br><br><b><I>key</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The full path of the key in the Consul KV store (e.g., <i>'my-service/config/db-url'</i>).<br><br><b>[<I>value</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Optional. The value to be stored for the specified key. This parameter is typically required for 'put' operations.<br><br><b>[<I>options</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Optional. Any additional flags or arguments supported by the specific <b>consul-kv</b> wrapper script. These might include flags for specifying the Consul agent address, a Consul ACL token, data encoding (e.g., base64), or recursion depth for list operations.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <b>consul-kv</b> is typically not a standalone binary distributed with Consul itself, but rather a common pattern for a <i>shell script wrapper</i> designed to simplify interactions with the <I>Consul Key-Value (KV) store</I>. It abstracts the more verbose official <b>consul kv</b> subcommands (like <b>consul kv get</b>, <b>consul kv put</b>, <b>consul kv delete</b>, etc.) into a more concise and user-friendly interface.<br><br>While its exact implementation can vary widely depending on who created the script, its primary purpose is to provide quick and easy access to common KV operations such as retrieving values, storing new data, or deleting existing entries. Users often create or adopt such scripts to streamline automation tasks or manual data management within their Consul deployments, avoiding the need to remember the full syntax of the native <b>consul kv</b> commands.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>consul-kv</b> command is not a standard, officially distributed binary by HashiCorp (the creators of Consul). It's almost always a custom shell script or a community-contcontributed utility. Therefore, its exact functionality, available operations, and command-line arguments can vary significantly between different versions or implementations found online or created by users. Users should inspect the script's source code or its built-in help (if available) to understand its specific behavior and dependencies (e.g., requiring <b>consul</b> in the PATH).


title: TYPICAL IMPLEMENTATION
content:
A common <b>consul-kv</b> script is typically written in Bash, Python, or Ruby. It parses the first argument as the operation (e.g., 'get', 'put') and subsequent arguments as the key and value, then executes the corresponding <b>consul kv</b> command. For example, '<b>consul-kv get my/key</b>' might internally run '<b>consul kv get my/key</b>'.


title: FINDING OR CREATING <B>CONSUL-KV</B>
content:
If you need a <b>consul-kv</b> utility, you can often find examples on GitHub or other community code repositories by searching for 'consul-kv script' or 'consul kv wrapper'. Alternatively, given its straightforward nature, it's relatively easy to write your own custom script tailored to your specific needs and preferred operations.


title: HISTORY
content:
The rise of wrapper scripts like <b>consul-kv</b> is a common phenomenon in command-line tool ecosystems. As complex tools like HashiCorp Consul gained popularity, users often found the default CLI commands, while powerful, could be verbose for frequent, simple operations. To improve daily workflow and reduce typing, developers and operations teams began creating simplified shell scripts that internally called the official commands with pre-defined options or simpler argument parsing. <b>consul-kv</b> emerged as a prime example of this trend, driven by the frequent need to interact with Consul's Key-Value store for configuration management, service discovery, and dynamic data storage in distributed systems.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
consul(1), consul-kv(1) (if a specific wrapper provides its own man page), curl(1) (for direct API interaction with Consul KV)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional integer specifying the N-th enclosing <i><b>for</b></i>, <i><b>while</b></i>, <i><b>until</b></i>, or <i><b>select</b></i> loop to continue. If 'n' is omitted, it defaults to 1, meaning the innermost loop. 'n' must be an integer greater than or equal to 1.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i><b>continue</b></i> command is a shell built-in that alters the flow of control within looping constructs such as <i><b>for</b></i>, <i><b>while</b></i>, <i><b>until</b></i>, and <i><b>select</b></i> loops.<br><br>When encountered inside a loop, <i><b>continue</b></i> causes the rest of the commands in the current iteration of that loop to be skipped immediately. Execution then jumps directly to the beginning of the next iteration, re-evaluating the loop's condition or fetching the next item, depending on the loop type.<br><br>It is commonly used with conditional statements (e.g., <i><b>if</b></i>) to bypass specific steps for certain data or conditions within a loop, without terminating the entire loop. This differentiates it from the <i><b>break</b></i> command, which exits the loop entirely.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><b>continue</b></i> is a <i><b>shell built-in</b></i> command, not an external executable program found in your system's PATH. It is directly interpreted by the shell (e.g., <i><b>Bash</b></i>, <i><b>Zsh</b></i>).<br><br>It must be used within the body of a looping construct. Using it outside a loop will result in a syntax error or a non-zero exit status.<br><br>If 'n' is specified and exceeds the number of enclosing loops, an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status.


title: USAGE EXAMPLE
content:
A simple example demonstrating how <i><b>continue</b></i> skips processing for a specific item within a loop:<br><br><pre><code>#!/bin/bash<br>for i in 1 2 3 4 5<br>do<br>    if [ $i -eq 3 ]; then<br>        echo "Skipping number $i..."<br>        continue<br>    fi<br>    echo "Processing number $i"<br>done<br>echo "Loop finished."</code></pre><br><br><b>Output of the above script:</b><br>Processing number 1<br>Processing number 2<br>Skipping number 3...<br>Processing number 4<br>Processing number 5<br>Loop finished.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of a <i><b>continue</b></i> statement for altering loop flow control is fundamental in many programming languages (e.g., C, Java, Python). Its inclusion in Unix shells like <i><b>sh</b></i> and later <i><b>Bash</b></i> is a natural extension of these control structures to scripting. It has been a standard part of POSIX shell specifications and is widely available across different Unix-like systems, providing a consistent way to manage loop iterations in shell scripts since early versions of the shell.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>cosign</b> [<i>global-options</i>] <i>command</i> [<i>command-options</i>] [<i>arguments</i>]<br><br>Common Commands:<br><b>cosign sign</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;artifact-ref&gt;</i><br><b>cosign verify</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;artifact-ref&gt;</i><br><b>cosign generate-key-pair</b> [<i>options</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help for cosign or a subcommand.<br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output, showing more details about operations.<br><br><b>--output <format></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output format for some commands (e.g., 'json', 'text').<br><br><b>--insecure-skip-tls-verify</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skip TLS certificate verification for OCI registries. <i>(Use with extreme caution and only in development environments.)</i><br><br><b>--key <path/uri></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Path to the private key for signing, or public key for verification. Can also be a Kubernetes secret URI or a KMS URI.<br><br><b>--fulcio-url <url></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;URL of the Fulcio instance to use for obtaining x.509 certificates in keyless signing.<br><br><b>--rekor-url <url></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;URL of the Rekor instance (transparency log) to use for logging signatures and attestations.<br><br><b>--cert-identity <identity></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Expected identity (e.g., email address or GitHub username) in the signing certificate for verification.<br><br><b>--cert-oidc-issuer <issuer></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Expected OIDC issuer URL in the signing certificate for verification.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Cosign is an open-source command-line utility part of the Sigstore project, designed to enhance software supply chain security. It enables cryptographic signing and verification of container images, software binaries, blobs, and other artifacts stored in OCI registries. Cosign simplifies the process of creating, managing, and validating digital signatures for your software.<br><br>Key features include support for keyless signing using OIDC identities, making signature management easier by leveraging existing identity providers. It allows users to attach various types of metadata to images, such as Software Bill of Materials (SBOMs) and attestations. By integrating with existing container registries, Cosign provides a transparent and auditable way to ensure that the software you deploy is trustworthy and has not been tampered with. It plays a crucial role in securing the integrity and authenticity of software artifacts throughout their lifecycle, from development to deployment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Cosign is not a standard Linux distribution utility and must be installed separately. Its keyless signing functionality relies on external Sigstore services like Fulcio (for certificate issuance) and Rekor (for transparency logging), requiring internet connectivity for these operations. While simplifying signature management, users still need to understand the underlying security principles and properly configure their OIDC identity providers. Improper use of options like <code>--insecure-skip-tls-verify</code> can undermine security. It's a powerful tool for part of the software supply chain, but it doesn't solve all supply chain security challenges on its own.


title: KEYLESS SIGNING WITH OIDC
content:
One of Cosign's flagship features is 'keyless' signing. Instead of managing static cryptographic keys, Cosign leverages OIDC (OpenID Connect) identities to generate ephemeral signing keys, certified by a trusted certificate authority (Fulcio) and logged to a transparency log (Rekor). This significantly simplifies key management and reduces the risk of key compromise by tying signatures directly to developer identities.


title: SOFTWARE BILL OF MATERIALS (SBOM) AND ATTESTATIONS
content:
Cosign supports attaching various types of metadata to signed artifacts, including Software Bill of Materials (SBOMs) and custom attestations. This allows organizations to embed crucial information about the software's components, build process, or security posture directly alongside the artifact, making it verifiable and auditable throughout the supply chain.


title: HISTORY
content:
Cosign emerged from the Sigstore project, an initiative launched by Google, Red Hat, and Purdue University in 2021. The goal of Sigstore, and by extension Cosign, is to make software signing and verification accessible, transparent, and user-friendly, thereby improving the security of the open-source software supply chain. It quickly gained traction and became a Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF) Sandbox project, later graduating to a fully fledged CNCF project. Its development focuses on integrating with existing container ecosystems and leveraging modern cryptographic practices like keyless signing to address challenges in software artifact integrity and authenticity.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<br><b>cp</b> [<i>OPTION</i>]... <i>SOURCE</i> <i>DEST</i><br><b>cp</b> [<i>OPTION</i>]... <i>SOURCE</i>... <i>DIRECTORY</i><br><b>cp</b> [<i>OPTION</i>]... <b>-t</b> <i>DIRECTORY</i> <i>SOURCE</i>...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--archive, -a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Equivalent to <b>-dR --preserve=all</b>. Copies recursively, preserving symbolic links, permissions, ownership, timestamps, and context. Ideal for backups.<br><br><b>--force, -f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;If an existing destination file cannot be opened, remove it and try again. Overrides <b>-i</b> and <b>-n</b>.<br><br><b>--interactive, -i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prompt before overwriting an existing destination file.<br><br><b>--link, -l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Make hard links instead of copying files. This means the new 'copy' will point to the same inode as the original.<br><br><b>--recursive, -r, -R</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy directories and their contents recursively. Essential for copying folders and all their subdirectories and files.<br><br><b>--symbolic-link, -s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Make symbolic links instead of copying files. Note: this command creates a symbolic link <i>to</i> the source, not a copy of the source content.<br><br><b>--update, -u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy only when the SOURCE file is newer than the destination file or when the destination file does not exist. Useful for incremental backups.<br><br><b>--verbose, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Explain what is being done. Shows the names of files being copied.<br><br><b>--preserve[=ATTR_LIST], -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserve specified attributes (e.g., mode, ownership, timestamps, context, xattr, links, all). <b>-p</b> is equivalent to <b>--preserve=mode,ownership,timestamps</b>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>cp</b> command, short for copy, is a fundamental Linux utility used to duplicate files and directories. It creates an exact replica of the specified source file or directory at a new location or with a new name. This command is essential for backing up data, creating working copies, or moving files to different locations while retaining the original. <b>cp</b> handles various scenarios, from simple file-to-file copies to copying multiple files into a directory, and even recursively copying entire directory structures, preserving permissions, timestamps, and ownership if desired. It's a versatile tool for managing file systems efficiently.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Permissions</b>: <b>cp</b> requires read permission on the source and write permission on the destination directory. Destination files might inherit permissions from the umask or destination directory, unless explicitly preserved.</li><li><b>Disk Space</b>: Copying large files or directories consumes significant disk space at the destination. Ensure sufficient free space before operation.</li><li><b>Overwriting</b>: By default, <b>cp</b> can overwrite existing files without warning if you have write permission. Use <b>-i</b> for interactive prompts or <b>-n</b> (no clobber) to prevent accidental overwriting.</li><li><b>Symbolic Links</b>: By default, <b>cp</b> copies the file <i>pointed to</i> by a symbolic link. Use <b>-P</b> to copy the symbolic link itself (creating a new link at the destination), or <b>-L</b> to always follow symbolic links. <b>-a</b> (archive mode) implies <b>-P</b> for preserving symbolic links.</li><li><b>Atomicity</b>: <b>cp</b> operations are generally not atomic for multiple files or large directory structures, meaning a power failure or crash during a copy could leave partially copied or corrupted data.</li></ul>


title: COPYING A FILE TO A DIRECTORY
content:
When the destination is an existing directory, <b>cp</b> places a copy of the source file inside that directory, retaining its original name.<br><i>Example:</i> <b>cp myfile.txt /home/user/documents/</b>


title: COPYING MULTIPLE FILES
content:
You can copy multiple source files to a single destination directory. The last argument must be the target directory.<br><i>Example:</i> <b>cp file1.txt file2.txt /home/user/backup/</b>


title: COPYING DIRECTORIES RECURSIVELY
content:
To copy an entire directory structure, including all subdirectories and files, use the <b>-r</b> or <b>-R</b> option. For a more robust recursive copy that preserves attributes (like permissions, timestamps, and symbolic links), use <b>-a</b> (archive mode).<br><i>Example:</i> <b>cp -r mydir /new/location/</b>


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>cp</b> command is a standard utility included in virtually all Unix-like operating systems. It is a fundamental component of the GNU Coreutils package, which provides essential tools for file, shell, and text manipulation on GNU/Linux systems. Its core functionality for duplicating files and directories has remained consistent over decades, serving as a basic building block for shell scripting and system administration. Continuous development ensures compatibility with modern file systems and improved handling of advanced features like extended attributes and sparse files.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<br><b><I>crackle</I></b> <b><I>-i</I></b> <<b><I>input_pcap</I></b>> [<b><I>-o</I></b> <<b><I>output_pcap</I></b>>] [<b><I>-k</I></b> <<b><I>keystream_file</I></b>>] [<b><I>-e</I></b> <<b><I>e0_file</I></b>>] [<b><I>-v</I></b>] [<b><I>-l</I></b>] [<b><I>--help</I></b>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-i</b> <i>&lt;input_pcap&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the <b>input PCAP file</b> containing Bluetooth traffic to be analyzed.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>&lt;output_pcap&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an optional <b>output PCAP file</b> to write the decrypted traffic to.<br><br><b><b>-k</b> <i>&lt;keystream_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a <b>known keystream file</b> to aid in the decryption process. Useful for faster decryption if partial information is available.<br><br><b><b>-e</b> <i>&lt;e0_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a <b>raw E0 stream file</b> for direct analysis, typically generated from other tools.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables <b>verbose output</b>, showing more details about the decryption process and progress.<br><br><b><b>-l</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Lists captured Link Key (LK)</b> or <b>Long Term Key (LTK)</b> from the input PCAP file, if present.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <b>help message</b> and available options for the command.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>crackle</i> is a specialized command-line utility designed for auditing the security of <b>Bluetooth</b> connections. Its primary function is to decrypt <b>Bluetooth E0 encryption</b> streams, which are primarily used in older Bluetooth versions (<b>Bluetooth 2.1</b> and earlier). The tool works by taking a captured Bluetooth traffic file, typically in <b>PCAP</b> format (e.g., from an <i>Ubertooth</i> device or other Bluetooth sniffer), and attempting to recover the encryption keystream or decrypt the communications. It leverages known vulnerabilities or weaknesses in the <b>E0 stream cipher</b> to reconstruct the conversation. This makes <i>crackle</i> an invaluable tool for <b>security researchers</b>, penetration testers, and anyone interested in understanding the security posture of Bluetooth devices and implementations. It is not a standard utility found in most Linux distributions but is often compiled from source for specific <b>security testing</b> environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>crackle</i> primarily targets the <b>E0 stream cipher</b> used in older Bluetooth versions (<b>Bluetooth Basic Rate/Enhanced Data Rate</b>, often up to <b>2.1</b>). While some principles might apply, it's generally less effective against modern <b>Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)</b> or <b>Bluetooth 4.0+</b> connections which use different encryption algorithms (<b>AES-CCM</b>).<br><br>The effectiveness of <i>crackle</i> often depends on capturing sufficient traffic, particularly connection setup and pairing sequences, and the presence of vulnerabilities in the specific <b>Bluetooth implementation</b>.<br><br>It requires specific hardware (like <b>Ubertooth One</b>) to capture the necessary low-level Bluetooth packets effectively. It cannot decrypt traffic without a suitable capture.<br><br>This tool is for <b>security research</b> and <b>ethical hacking</b>. Misuse for unauthorized access is <i>illegal and unethical</i>.


title: <B>DEPENDENCIES</B>
content:
<i>crackle</i> requires <b>libbtbb</b> (Bluetooth Baseband Library) for parsing Bluetooth packets and <b>libgcrypt</b> for cryptographic operations. These libraries usually need to be installed before compiling <i>crackle</i> from source.


title: <B>ETHICAL USE</B>
content:
Users are strongly advised to use <i>crackle</i> only on networks and devices for which they have explicit permission to test. Unauthorized decryption of communications is <b>illegal</b> in most jurisdictions and can lead to severe penalties.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>crackle</i> was developed by <b>Mike Ryan</b>, a prominent <b>security researcher</b> known for his work on Bluetooth security. It gained significant attention within the security community, particularly after its public release and presentations at security conferences like <b>Black Hat</b> and <b>DEF CON</b>. The tool was created to demonstrate the vulnerabilities in <b>Bluetooth's E0 encryption</b>, allowing researchers to decrypt captured Bluetooth communications under certain conditions. Its development highlighted the importance of using stronger, modern encryption standards and contributed to improving the <b>security posture of Bluetooth technology</b> over time. The tool remains a valuable resource for auditing <b>legacy Bluetooth implementations</b>.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>cracklib-format</b> command is a utility provided as part of the <i>cracklib</i> suite, which is used for password strength checking. Its primary function is to preprocess raw word lists, preparing them for use in creating <i>cracklib</i> dictionaries. When given a plain text file containing words (one word per line, or space-separated), it performs several transformations: <br>1. Converts all characters within each word to lowercase. <br>2. Removes any non-alphabetic characters from the words. <br>3. Filters out duplicate words. <br>4. Sorts the resulting unique, lowercase, alphabetic words alphabetically.<br><br>This formatted output is a crucial intermediate step. The cleaned and normalized word list generated by <b>cracklib-format</b> is then typically fed into <b>cracklib-packer</b>, which converts it into the binary dictionary files (e.g., <i>.hwm</i>, <i>.pwi</i>, <i>.pwd</i>) that <b>cracklib-check</b> uses to validate the strength of user-chosen passwords.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>cracklib-format</b> is designed to work primarily with ASCII word lists; its behavior with Unicode characters may not be as expected and might lead to unexpected filtering or corruption. The command aggressively filters words, keeping only alphabetic characters and converting them to lowercase. This means any numbers, symbols, or mixed-case variations present in the original word list will be lost, which might not be desirable for all dictionary use cases. The output is always sorted alphabetically and contains only unique entries, meaning all duplicates are removed.


title: INPUT AND OUTPUT
content:
By default, <b>cracklib-format</b> reads its word list input from standard input (<i>stdin</i>). If one or more <i>file</i> arguments are provided on the command line, it reads from those files consecutively. The processed, formatted word list is then written to standard output (<i>stdout</i>). This design facilitates its use in pipelines, allowing for seamless integration with other commands, for example: <br><code>cat my_raw_words.txt | <b>cracklib-format</b> > my_formatted_words.txt</code>


title: ROLE IN DICTIONARY CREATION WORKFLOW
content:
<b>cracklib-format</b> represents the first essential step in building custom <i>cracklib</i> dictionaries from scratch. The typical workflow for creating and deploying a new dictionary involves: <br>1.  Acquiring a raw word list (e.g., from a plain text file). <br>2.  Running this raw list through <b>cracklib-format</b> to clean and normalize it. <br>3.  Feeding the formatted output into <b>cracklib-packer</b>, which compresses and indexes the words into the binary dictionary files required by <i>cracklib</i>. <br>4.  Finally, placing these binary dictionary files in the appropriate system location for <b>cracklib-check</b> and other password validation services to utilize.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>cracklib</i> library, along with its associated utilities such as <b>cracklib-format</b>, was initially developed by Alec Muffett. It was conceived as a robust mechanism to enhance system security by preventing users from selecting easily guessable or commonly known weak passwords. Since its inception, <i>cracklib</i> has become a widely adopted component in Unix-like operating systems, serving as a fundamental tool for enforcing stronger password policies.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--environment <name>, -e <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the target deployment environment (e.g., <i>development</i>, <i>staging</i>, <i>production</i>).<br><br><b>--target <host|group>, -t <host|group></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the specific host or group of hosts for deployment.<br><br><b>--dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simulates the deployment process without making actual changes.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the deployment, overriding safety checks or existing deployments.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output for detailed progress and debugging.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the command's version information.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the help message and available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>cradle-deploy</b> command is a <i>hypothetical</i> utility, not a standard Linux command. It is envisioned as a deployment orchestrator designed to streamline the process of releasing applications from a defined 'cradle' – a pre-configured project structure, build environment, or deployment manifest. This command would abstract away complex deployment steps, allowing developers to quickly and consistently push updates to various environments. Its primary function would be to automate tasks such as fetching application artifacts, transferring them to target servers, configuring environment-specific settings, and managing service restarts. It would likely integrate with version control systems and CI/CD pipelines to ensure repeatable and reliable deployments. The 'cradle' aspect implies a standardized, opinionated approach to packaging and deploying software, promoting best practices and reducing manual errors.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>cradle-deploy</b> is <i>not a standard Linux command</i>. This analysis describes a <i>hypothetical</i> command based on common deployment practices and the implied meaning of 'cradle' and 'deploy'. Any actual command with this name would be custom-built, part of a specific proprietary system, or a project-specific script. Its functionality, options, and behavior would depend entirely on its implementation.


title: DEPLOYMENT STRATEGY INTEGRATION
content:
A hypothetical <b>cradle-deploy</b> would likely integrate deeply with an organization's chosen deployment strategy, whether it's blue/green deployments, canary releases, or rolling updates. Its 'cradle' definition could encapsulate the logic for orchestrating these advanced deployment patterns, ensuring minimal downtime and quick rollback capabilities.


title: EXTENSIBILITY
content:
To be truly versatile, such a command would need an extensible architecture, allowing users to define custom deployment hooks, pre- and post-deployment scripts, or integrations with external services like monitoring or alerting systems. This would enable it to adapt to diverse application requirements and infrastructure setups.


title: HISTORY
content:
As <b>cradle-deploy</b> is a <i>hypothetical</i> command, it does not have a real-world development history. If such a tool were to exist, its evolution would likely mirror the trend towards more automated, infrastructure-as-code, and continuous deployment practices. It would emerge from the need to standardize deployment workflows, reduce human error, and accelerate software delivery in complex distributed systems, drawing inspiration from existing CI/CD tools and deployment frameworks.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>cradle</b> install <I>target</I> [<b>--global</b>] [<b>--version</b>=<I>version</I>] [<b>--path</b>=<I>path</I>]<br>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>target</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The executable to install. This can be a predefined name, a direct URL to a binary, or a GitHub repository specified as <i>user/repo</i>.<br><br><b><b>--global</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs the executable into a globally accessible directory, typically <i>~/.cradle/bin</i>, assuming this directory is in the user's PATH.<br><br><b><b>--version</b>=<I>version</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a particular version of the executable to install. If omitted, <b>cradle</b> typically attempts to install the latest stable version.<br><br><b><b>--path</b>=<I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative directory for installation instead of the default <i>~/.cradle</i> location.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>cradle-install</b> is a subcommand of the <b>cradle</b> tool, designed to simplify the process of acquiring and setting up binary executables on Linux. It allows users to download, extract, and install command-line tools from various sources, such as direct URLs, GitHub repositories, or by a predefined name. Unlike system package managers, <b>cradle-install</b> focuses on individual binaries, often used in development workflows for tools not typically distributed via <i>apt</i>, <i>dnf</i>, or <i>pacman</i>. It aims to provide a quick and convenient way to get external tools operational, often placing them in a user's local directory (like <i>~/.cradle</i>) and optionally adding them to the system's PATH.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>cradle-install</b> is not a full-fledged system package manager and does not handle dependencies like <i>apt</i> or <i>yum</i>. It's primarily for individual binary installation. The <i>cradle</i> project itself appears to be infrequently maintained, which may lead to compatibility issues with newer systems or tools. Users should exercise caution when installing binaries from untrusted URLs due to potential security risks. Installed executables may require manual PATH configuration if not using the <b>--global</b> option or if the default <i>~/.cradle/bin</i> is not in the system PATH.


title: INSTALLATION LOCATION
content:
By default, <b>cradle</b> installs executables into the <i>~/.cradle</i> directory. A symbolic link to the executable is typically created in <i>~/.cradle/bin</i>, which users often add to their system's PATH variable to make the installed commands directly accessible.


title: USE CASES
content:
<b>cradle-install</b> is particularly useful for quickly installing specific versions of command-line tools that are not available through system package managers or for managing project-specific binaries without polluting the global environment (unless <b>--global</b> is used). It simplifies the setup of tools often distributed as standalone archives or GitHub releases.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>cradle</i> project emerged as a lightweight solution for installing and managing executable binaries, particularly within the Node.js development ecosystem. It was designed to simplify the process of acquiring command-line tools that weren't easily managed by typical system package managers or required specific versions. While initially offering a convenient method, its development activity has significantly decreased over time, suggesting that its role might have been superseded by other distribution channels or more focused tooling.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>crane</b> <I>command</I> [options] [arguments]<br>Common commands include <i>copy</i>, <i>pull</i>, <i>push</i>, <i>config</i>, <i>digest</i>, <i>manifest</i>, and <i>ls</i>.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--insecure</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allow connections to insecure registries (e.g., HTTP or registries with self-signed certificates).<br><br><b>--platform</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the platform (e.g., <i>linux/amd64</i>, <i>windows/arm64</i>) to resolve images from a manifest list.<br><br><b>--registry-http</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use plain HTTP when communicating with registries instead of HTTPS.<br><br><b>--registry-insecure</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allow HTTP connections to the registry when HTTPS is not available or certificate verification fails.<br><br><b>--user</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provide user credentials for registry authentication (e.g., <i>username:password</i> or <i>token</i>).<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output for debugging and detailed operation logging.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the <b>crane</b> version and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>crane</b> is a powerful command-line utility for managing container images and interacting directly with OCI (Open Container Initiative) registries. Developed as part of Google's <b>go-containerregistry</b> library, it provides low-level access to image manifests, layers, and configurations. Unlike tools that require a full Docker daemon, <b>crane</b> operates daemonlessly, making it exceptionally lightweight and suitable for scripting, CI/CD pipelines, and environments where a minimal footprint is desired. It enables users to perform operations such as copying images between registries, inspecting image metadata, pulling and pushing image layers, and managing image tags and digests without the overhead of a full container runtime.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>crane</b> is not a standard Linux command found in core utilities; it requires separate installation. Its functionality is focused solely on container image and registry interactions, not general system administration. Authentication for private registries typically relies on Docker's configuration file (<i>~/.docker/config.json</i>) or environment variables, which must be set up beforehand.


title: SUBCOMMAND-BASED OPERATION
content:
<b>crane</b> operates through various subcommands, each performing a specific action. For instance, <b>crane copy</b> is used to duplicate images between registries, <b>crane pull</b> to fetch image layers, <b>crane push</b> to upload images, <b>crane config</b> to retrieve an image's OCI configuration, <b>crane digest</b> to compute an image's content addressable digest, and <b>crane ls</b> to list tags within a repository. Each subcommand may have its own set of specific options in addition to the global ones.


title: DAEMONLESS DESIGN
content:
A core feature of <b>crane</b> is its daemonless architecture. Unlike traditional container engines like <b>docker</b> or <b>podman</b> that often rely on a running background service, <b>crane</b> directly communicates with OCI image registries using their API. This design makes it highly efficient, reduces resource consumption, and enhances security by minimizing attack surfaces, making it ideal for minimal environments, serverless functions, and secure build agents.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>crane</b> was developed by Google as part of the <b>go-containerregistry</b> project, a Go library designed for working with container images and registries. It emerged from the need for a programmatic, daemonless way to interact with container images, particularly beneficial in CI/CD pipelines, build systems, and environments where installing a full Docker daemon is impractical or undesirable. Its development focused on providing a lightweight, efficient tool for direct registry communication.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>create_ap</b> [<i>options</i>] <<i>interface_to_share_internet</i>> <<i>interface_for_ap</i>> <<i>ssid</i>> [<i>passphrase</i>]<br><b>create_ap</b> -g [<i>options</i>] <<i>interface_for_ap</i>> <<i>ssid</i>> [<i>passphrase</i>]<br><b>create_ap</b> -h | --help | --version


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-w {1,2,3}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify Wi-Fi security type: <b>1</b> for WPA, <b>2</b> for WPA2, <b>3</b> for WPA/WPA2 mixed mode.<br><br><b><b>-g</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not share Internet. Creates a local AP without NAT (no gateway).<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--no-dns</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable the DNS server provided by <i>dnsmasq</i>.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--no-dhcp</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable the DHCP server provided by <i>dnsmasq</i>.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--no-hostapd</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not run <i>hostapd</i>. Only useful with custom configurations or specific setups.<br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--no-iptables</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not configure <i>iptables</i>. No NAT or firewall rules will be set up.<br><br><b><b>--daemon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run <i>create_ap</i> in the background as a daemon.<br><br><b><b>--channel {num}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the Wi-Fi channel for the Access Point (e.g., 1, 6, 11).<br><br><b><b>--freq-band {2.4|5}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the frequency band for the AP (2.4GHz or 5GHz).<br><br><b><b>--country {code}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the country code (e.g., US, DE) which affects legal channels and power levels.<br><br><b><b>--ap-ip {ip}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the IP address for the AP's interface (e.g., 192.168.12.1).<br><br><b><b>--hidden</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Hide the SSID (Service Set Identifier) so it is not broadcasted.<br><br><b><b>--ieee80211n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable IEEE 802.11n (Wi-Fi 4) support for the AP.<br><br><b><b>--ieee80211ac</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable IEEE 802.11ac (Wi-Fi 5) support for the AP (requires compatible hardware).<br><br><b><b>--driver {driver}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the <i>hostapd</i> driver to use (e.g., nl80211, wext).<br><br><b><b>--list-drivers</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List the <i>hostapd</i> drivers supported by your wireless card.<br><br><b><b>--mac-filter</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable MAC address filtering. Requires <b>--mac-filter-accept</b> or <b>--mac-filter-deny</b>.<br><br><b><b>--mac-filter-accept {macs}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Only allow comma-separated MAC addresses to connect. Implies <b>--mac-filter</b>.<br><br><b><b>--mac-filter-deny {macs}</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deny comma-separated MAC addresses from connecting. Implies <b>--mac-filter</b>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>create_ap</i> is a powerful shell script designed to simplify the process of establishing a Wi-Fi Access Point (AP) on Linux systems. It acts as a wrapper around several core networking utilities, including <i>hostapd</i> for managing the AP, <i>dnsmasq</i> for DHCP and DNS services, and <i>iptables</i> for network address translation (NAT) and routing. This command abstracts away the complexities of configuring these individual components, allowing users to quickly set up a shared internet connection or a local network hotspot with just a single command. It supports various security protocols like WPA and WPA2, and offers options for both wired-in-wireless-out and wireless-in-wireless-out configurations. Its primary advantage lies in its ease of use, making it accessible even for users not deeply familiar with Linux network configurations. It's an excellent tool for sharing internet from an Ethernet connection, or extending an existing Wi-Fi connection, turning your Linux machine into a portable router.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>create_ap</i> requires <b>root</b> privileges to function.<br>It can conflict with NetworkManager. It's often recommended to stop or disable NetworkManager for the interface used by <i>create_ap</i> to avoid conflicts.<br>Success heavily depends on your wireless adapter's chipset and its Linux driver support for <b>AP mode</b> (<i>hostapd</i> compatibility). Not all Wi-Fi cards support this.<br>Ensure your kernel's module `mac80211` is properly loaded and supports AP mode for your device.<br>For some advanced features like 802.11ac/ax, specific hardware and driver support are crucial.<br>While convenient, it's a script, and less robust than a dedicated router or a more complex <i>hostapd</i> setup for critical production environments.


title: <B>PREREQUISITES</B>
content:
To run <i>create_ap</i>, you typically need <i>hostapd</i>, <i>dnsmasq</i>, <i>iptables</i>, and <i>iw</i> utilities installed on your system. These are standard packages on most Linux distributions. Ensure your wireless card supports AP mode and the necessary drivers are loaded.


title: <B>COMMON USAGE SCENARIOS</B>
content:
1.  <b>Share Ethernet to Wi-Fi</b>:<br>    <code>create_ap wlan0 eth0 MyHotspot MyPassword</code><br>    <i>(Shares internet from <code>eth0</code> via Wi-Fi on <code>wlan0</code>)</i><br><br>2.  <b>Share Wi-Fi to Wi-Fi (repeater-like)</b>:<br>    <code>create_ap wlan0 wlan1 MyHotspot MyPassword</code><br>    <i>(Requires two wireless cards, or a single card capable of concurrent AP+station mode, which is rare)</i><br><br>3.  <b>Local Wi-Fi Network (no Internet)</b>:<br>    <code>create_ap -g wlan0 MyLocalAP</code><br>    <i>(Creates an AP for local devices without internet sharing)</i><br><br>4.  <b>WPA2 with custom channel</b>:<br>    <code>create_ap -w 2 --channel 6 wlan0 eth0 SecureAP MyStrongPass</code>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>create_ap</i> is an open-source project hosted on GitHub, primarily developed by <i>oblique/create_ap</i>. Its development started as a response to the need for a simpler way to set up Wi-Fi access points on Linux, abstracting the complexities of manually configuring <i>hostapd</i>, <i>dnsmasq</i>, and <i>iptables</i>. It quickly gained popularity within the Linux community due to its ease of use and comprehensive feature set for a single script. It continues to be maintained by contributors, adapting to new kernel features and network technologies, though updates might be less frequent than for core system utilities. Its primary impact has been democratizing Wi-Fi AP creation on Linux.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s, --silent, --quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the output of file sizes and counts.<br><br><b>-k, --keep-files</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not remove output files even if an error occurs.<br><br><b>-f <I>PREFIX</I>, --prefix=<I>PREFIX</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use <I>PREFIX</I> instead of 'xx' for output files (e.g., <i>PREFIX00</i>).<br><br><b>-b <I>FORMAT</I>, --suffix-format=<I>FORMAT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use <i>strftime</i> <I>FORMAT</I> for suffix, e.g. %Y%m%d%H%M%S. Allows timestamp-based naming.<br><br><b>-n <I>DIGITS</I>, --digits=<I>DIGITS</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use <I>DIGITS</I> instead of 2 for suffix length (e.g., <i>000</i> with <i>-n 3</i>).<br><br><b>-z, --elide-empty-files</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not create empty output files. Useful when patterns are close together.<br><br><b>-t, --suppress-match</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the line that matches the pattern from the output. It will not be written to any output file.<br><br><b>{*}</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Repeat the previous pattern/line specification as many times as possible.<br><br><b>{<I>NUMBER</I>}</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Repeat the previous pattern/line specification <I>NUMBER</I> times.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br><b><I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The input file to be split. Use '-' for standard input.<br><br><b><I>PATTERN</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A basic regular expression to define splitting points. A new file starts immediately after the line matching this pattern.<br><br><b><I>LINE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An absolute line number to define splitting points. A new file starts at this line number.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>csplit</b> command, part of GNU Coreutils, is a powerful utility used to split a file into multiple smaller pieces based on content or specific line numbers. Unlike the simpler <b>split</b> command which divides files by fixed byte counts or line numbers, <b>csplit</b> offers more granular control by allowing users to define splitting points using regular expressions (patterns) or absolute line numbers.<br><br>When a pattern is matched or a line number is specified, <b>csplit</b> starts a new output file segment. By default, output files are named <i>xx00</i>, <i>xx01</i>, and so on, where 'xx' is the default prefix and the numbers are padded zeros. These prefixes and the number of digits can be customized. <b>csplit</b> is particularly useful for processing structured log files, breaking large configuration files into manageable sections, or extracting specific data blocks from text documents.


title: CAVEATS
content:
By default, the line matching a <b>PATTERN</b> is included as the last line of the <i>previous</i> output file segment. Use <b>--suppress-match</b> to exclude it entirely. When splitting by <b>LINE</b> number, the specified line becomes the <i>first</i> line of the new segment. Be mindful of empty files, especially with frequent patterns; <b>--elide-empty-files</b> can help. The pattern matching uses basic regular expressions; for extended regex, consider piping through <b>grep -E</b> or similar.


title: SPLITTING LOGIC
content:
Understanding how <b>csplit</b> defines new files is crucial:<br><br>1. When using a <b>LINE</b> number: A new file is created <i>before</i> the specified line number, making that line the first line of the new file.<br>2. When using a <b>PATTERN</b>: A new file is created <i>after</i> the line matching the pattern. By default, the matching line is included as the last line of the <i>previous</i> file segment. If <b>--suppress-match</b> is used, the matching line is discarded.<br><br>This distinction is key for precise file segmentation.


title: OUTPUT FILE NAMING
content:
Output files are generated sequentially, starting from <i>00</i> (or <i>000</i> etc., depending on <b>-n</b>). The default prefix is 'xx', resulting in names like <i>xx00</i>, <i>xx01</i>, <i>xx02</i>, etc. You can change the prefix with <b>-f</b> (e.g., <i>-f my_chunk_</i> would yield <i>my_chunk_00</i>). The <b>-b</b> option allows for more complex suffix formats using <i>strftime</i>, enabling timestamped splits for instance.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>csplit</b> is a standard utility found in GNU Coreutils, which is a fundamental package of free software for Unix-like operating systems. Its development has focused on providing a context-aware file splitting mechanism, complementing the more basic functionalities of commands like <b>split</b>. It has been a part of typical Linux distributions for a long time, evolving as a robust tool for text processing.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--key, -k <I>COLUMN</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies one or more columns to use as primary keys for matching rows. Without a key, <b>csv-diff</b> may compare rows based on all columns or the first column.<br><br><b>--columns, -c <I>COLUMN</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies one or more columns to compare for differences. If omitted, all columns are compared.<br><br><b>--no-header-row</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Treats the first row of each CSV file as data rather than column headers.<br><br><b>--unified, -u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs differences in a unified diff format, similar to <b>diff -u</b>.<br><br><b>--raw, -r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs differences in a raw, machine-readable format, often JSON.<br><br><b>--ignore-case, -I</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs case-insensitive comparisons for string values.<br><br><b>--added-rows-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the output to only rows that exist in <I>file2.csv</I> but not in <I>file1.csv</I>.<br><br><b>--removed-rows-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the output to only rows that exist in <I>file1.csv</I> but not in <I>file2.csv</I>.<br><br><b>--changed-rows-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the output to only rows that have matching keys but differing values in other columns.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>csv-diff</b> command is a specialized utility designed to compare two Comma Separated Value (CSV) files and identify their differences.<br>It is particularly useful for tracking changes in datasets, verifying data migrations, or comparing database exports.<br>Unlike generic text diff tools, <b>csv-diff</b> understands the tabular structure of CSV files, allowing it to intelligently match rows based on specified key columns and then report discrepancies across other columns.<br>It can distinguish between added rows, removed rows, and modified rows, often providing a clear, human-readable output that highlights the exact cells that have changed.<br>This intelligent comparison makes it superior to line-by-line diffs for structured data, as it can correctly align rows even if their order changes or if non-key columns are modified.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Key Column Importance</b>: The accuracy of <b>csv-diff</b> heavily relies on correctly identifying unique key columns. If no unique key exists or is specified, results may be unreliable or misleading.</li><li><b>Performance with Large Files</b>: Comparing extremely large CSV files can be memory-intensive and slow, as the command may need to load entire datasets into memory for efficient comparison.</li><li><b>Order and Duplicates</b>: While key columns help, duplicate keys within a file or inconsistent row ordering (if no key is used) can complicate diffing.</li><li><b>Data Type Coercion</b>: Some implementations might perform implicit data type coercion during comparison, which can lead to unexpected diffs if types are not perfectly aligned (e.g., "1" vs 1).</li></ul>


title: USE CASES FOR DIFFERENT OUTPUT FORMATS
content:
The default human-readable output is excellent for quick visual inspection.<br>The <b>--unified</b> format is suitable for integration with version control systems or traditional diff tools.<br>The <b>--raw</b> (often JSON) output is ideal for programmatic consumption, allowing other scripts or applications to process the detected differences.


title: HANDLING MISSING COLUMNS
content:
By default, if a column exists in one file but not the other, it might be reported as a difference or ignored depending on the specific implementation and options. Tools like `csvdiff` from `csvkit` generally handle this gracefully, sometimes requiring an explicit `--fill-value` to treat missing values as a specific placeholder.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>csv-diff</b> command is prominently featured as part of <b>csvkit</b>, a powerful suite of command-line tools for converting to and working with CSV. Developed primarily in Python, <b>csvkit</b> and its `csvdiff` component have become a popular choice for data analysts and developers needing to quickly manipulate and compare CSV data without programming. Its development reflects the growing need for specialized tools to handle semi-structured data formats like CSV more intelligently than traditional text utilities.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-c <COLUMN_ID>, --columns <COLUMN_ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify columns by name or 0-based index for analysis. Multiple columns can be comma-separated.<br><br><b>-n, --names</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print column names and their 0-based indices, then exit.<br><br><b>--type</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the inferred data type for each column (e.g., Text, Number, Date).<br><br><b>--nulls</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the count and percentage of null values in each column.<br><br><b>--unique</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the count and percentage of unique values in each column.<br><br><b>--freq <COUNT></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the N most frequent values and their frequencies (count and percentage) for each column.<br><br><b>--count</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the total number of non-null values for each column.<br><br><b>--min, --max</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the minimum and maximum values for numeric or date/time columns.<br><br><b>--sum, --mean, --median, --stdev</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compute the sum, arithmetic mean, median, and standard deviation for numeric columns.<br><br><b>--q1, --q3, --qrange</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Calculate the first quartile (25th percentile), third quartile (75th percentile), and interquartile range (Q3 - Q1).<br><br><b>--len, --max-len</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the average and maximum string lengths of values in each column.<br><br><b>--all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display all available statistics for each column.<br><br><b>-H, --no-header-row</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Treat the first row of the input file as data rather than as a header row.<br><br><b>--encoding <ENCODING></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the character encoding of the input CSV file (e.g., utf-8, latin-1).<br><br><b>--skip-lines <COUNT></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skip the first `COUNT` lines of the input file before processing.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>csvstat</b> is a powerful command-line utility from the <i>csvkit</i> suite, designed for quick and comprehensive statistical analysis of CSV files. It helps users understand the structure and content of their tabular data without needing to import it into a spreadsheet or database.<br><br><b>csvstat</b> can automatically infer data types and provide various statistics for each column, including the number of rows, null values, unique values, common values and their frequencies, minimum and maximum values, sum, mean, median, standard deviation, and more. It's an invaluable tool for data exploration, quality assurance, and initial data profiling, enabling users to rapidly identify outliers, missing data, and data distribution characteristics directly from the terminal.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Data type inference can be imperfect, especially with mixed data types or ambiguous strings. Performance can degrade for very large datasets, particularly when calculating median or unique frequencies, as these operations may require loading significant data into memory. <b>csvstat</b> is primarily designed for well-formed CSVs; malformed files might lead to unexpected results or errors.


title: DATA PROFILING UTILITY
content:
<i>csvstat</i> excels at quickly profiling datasets, offering immediate insights into data quality, completeness, and distribution. It's a crucial first step in any data analysis workflow, helping users to identify potential issues like missing values, inconsistent formats, or unexpected ranges before more complex processing begins.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>csvkit</i>, which includes <b>csvstat</b>, was created by Christopher Groskopf and first released in 2012. It emerged as a suite of command-line tools built on Python to simplify common CSV data manipulation tasks, providing a more robust and CSV-aware alternative to generic text processing tools for structured data. Its development has focused on ease of use, data type inference, and extensibility, becoming a popular choice for data journalists, analysts, and developers working with tabular data in a command-line environment.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-C <config></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a build configuration (e.g., <I>Debug</I>, <I>Release</I>) to test.<br><br><b>-V, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output during test execution, showing more details.<br><br><b>-N, --show-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List all discovered tests without actually running them.<br><br><b>-R <regex>, --regex <regex></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run only tests whose names match the given regular expression.<br><br><b>-E <regex>, --exclude-regex <regex></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exclude tests whose names match the given regular expression from execution.<br><br><b>-L <regex>, --label-regex <regex></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run tests whose labels match the given regular expression.<br><br><b>-j <N>, --parallel <N></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run <I>N</I> tests in parallel, speeding up execution on multi-core systems.<br><br><b>-T <type>, --test-type <type></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the type of dashboard submission (e.g., <I>Nightly</I>, <I>Experimental</I>, <I>Coverage</I>).<br><br><b>--rerun-failed</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Rerun only tests that failed in the most recent <I>ctest</I> run.<br><br><b>--output-on-failure</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display test output only for tests that fail, suppressing output for successful ones.<br><br><b>--dashboard</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform a dashboard submission, sending results to a <I>CDash</I> server.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message with available command options and usage.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>ctest</I> is the testing tool distributed as a component of the <I>CMake</I> build system. It automates the execution and reporting of tests for software projects configured using CMake. Its primary function is to collect test results, including execution time, memory usage, and pass/fail status, which can then be submitted to a <I>CDash</I> dashboard for continuous integration monitoring.<br><br><I>ctest</I> supports various functionalities such as parallel test execution, selection of specific tests via regular expressions, rerunning failed tests, and performing memory checking with tools like <I>Valgrind</I>. It integrates seamlessly with the <I>CMake</I> build process, typically invoked from the build directory to run tests defined by <B>add_test()</B> commands in <I>CMakeLists.txt</I> files. It plays a crucial role in ensuring code quality and automating testing workflows in CMake-based development environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>ctest</I> primarily acts as a test driver and requires a CMake-configured build directory to function. It does not provide test frameworks itself; instead, it orchestrates tests defined via <B>add_test()</B> in <I>CMakeLists.txt</I> files.<br>For successful dashboard submissions, proper configuration in <B>CTestConfig.cmake</B> and an internet connection to the <I>CDash</I> server are essential.


title: TEST DISCOVERY AND REPORTING
content:
<I>ctest</I> automatically discovers tests defined using the <B>add_test()</B> command within <I>CMakeLists.txt</I> files during the build configuration step. Upon execution, it generates XML-based test reports (e.g., <I>Test.xml</I>) in the build directory, summarizing results, timings, and other metrics for each test case.


title: DASHBOARD INTEGRATION (CDASH)
content:
A core feature of <I>ctest</I> is its robust integration with <I>CDash</I> (Continuous Dashboard) servers. This allows automated submission of build, test, and coverage results to a centralized web-based platform, enabling project teams to monitor the health of their codebase across various platforms and configurations effortlessly.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>ctest</I> was developed by Kitware as an integral part of the <I>CMake</I> project. It emerged to provide a unified, cross-platform testing solution for projects utilizing <I>CMake</I> as their build system generator. Its evolution has been closely tied to <I>CMake</I>'s development, aiming to automate quality assurance and facilitate continuous integration through features like automated testing and dashboard submissions.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>(No direct user-facing parameters)</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;This command is primarily invoked by the <b>cupsd</b> daemon and does not typically accept command-line parameters for its device discovery function when run in this context. Its operational behavior is influenced by CUPS configuration and the underlying discovery mechanisms it implements.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>cups-deviced</i> serves as an essential backend program within the Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) framework. Its primary role is to discover available printing devices on the local system and network.<br><br>Unlike most user-invoked commands, <i>cups-deviced</i> is predominantly executed internally by the <b>cupsd</b> daemon. When invoked, it scans for printers using various protocols such as mDNS/Bonjour, IPP broadcasting, USB, and parallel port enumeration. It then outputs a structured list of discovered device URIs and descriptions to standard output, which <b>cupsd</b> parses to update its internal list of available printers.<br><br>This automated discovery mechanism is fundamental to CUPS's plug-and-play capabilities, allowing users to easily detect and add printers without needing to manually specify complex connection details, thereby significantly streamlining the printer setup process.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Internal Use Only:</b> <i>cups-deviced</i> is not designed for direct user invocation. Running it manually might produce raw output that is not immediately useful to a typical user.</li><li><b>Distribution and Version Dependent:</b> The exact implementation, name, or even standalone existence of <i>cups-deviced</i> can vary slightly between different CUPS versions and Linux distributions. Its functionality might be integrated differently in some setups.</li><li><b>Network Dependencies:</b> For network printer discovery, it relies on appropriate network services (e.g., Avahi or mDNS responder) to be running and properly configured on the system.</li></ul>


title: INTERNAL INVOCATION AND OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
<i>cups-deviced</i> is typically spawned by the <b>cupsd</b> daemon when a device discovery scan is initiated (e.g., in response to an <b>lpadmin -l</b> command, or when refreshing printer lists in graphical tools). When run for discovery, it outputs discovered device URIs and human-readable descriptions to <i>stdout</i> in a specific, structured format that <b>cupsd</b> expects.<br><br>An example of a single output line might look like:<br><i>usb usblp://Brother/HL-L2350DW%20series?serial=E71822F8N380766 &quot;Brother HL-L2350DW series&quot; &quot;Brother HL-L2350DW series&quot; &quot;MFG:Brother;CMD:PJL,PCLXL,PCL5e,IBMPro,BRSCRIPT;PRN:HL-L2350DW series;SNS:N;DES:Brother HL-L2350DW series;&quot;</i><br><br>This structured output allows <b>cupsd</b> to correctly parse, register, and present the discovered printers to the user for selection and setup.


title: HISTORY
content:
The functionality provided by <i>cups-deviced</i> has been an integral part of the CUPS project since its inception. As printer technology evolved and network-based discovery methods became prevalent (e.g., Bonjour/mDNS, IPP Everywhere), the capabilities of this backend were continuously expanded to support these newer, more sophisticated discovery protocols. Its development is deeply intertwined with the overall progression of the CUPS project, consistently aiming to enhance automatic printer detection and plug-and-play usability.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>cvs</b> [<i>global_options</i>] <i>command</i> [<i>command_options</i>] [<i>arguments</i>]<br><br>Examples:<br><b>cvs</b> <i>checkout</i> <i>module_name</i><br><b>cvs</b> <i>commit</i> <i>-m</i> <i>"Initial commit"</i><br><b>cvs</b> <i>update</i> <i>-Pd</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-d</i> <i>repository_path</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use the specified CVS repository path.<br><br><b><i>-q</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run quietly, suppressing informational messages.<br><br><b><i>-r</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read-only mode, prevents modifications to the repository.<br><br><b><i>-t</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Trace, show all data sent between client and server.<br><br><b><i>-z</i> <i>level</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compress all network traffic at the specified level (0-9).<br><br><b><i>add</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Add a new file or directory to the repository.<br><br><b><i>checkout</i> (co)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a local working copy of a module or files from the repository.<br><br><b><i>commit</i> (ci)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Check local changes into the repository.<br><br><b><i>diff</i> (di)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show differences between revisions in the repository or local working copy.<br><br><b><i>log</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display revision history and log messages for files.<br><br><b><i>remove</i> (rm)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mark a file for removal from the repository.<br><br><b><i>status</i> (st)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the status of files in the working directory (e.g., needs update, locally modified).<br><br><b><i>update</i> (up)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bring the local working copy up-to-date with the repository.<br><br><b><i>tag</i> (tg)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a symbolic tag (or sticky tag) to files in the working directory.<br><br><b><i>rtag</i> (rt)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a symbolic tag to modules or files directly in the repository.<br><br><b><i>import</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Import a new project or set of files into the repository for the first time.<br><br><b><i>export</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Export a clean copy of a module without CVS administrative files.<br><br><b><i>init</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initialize a new, empty CVS repository.<br><br><b><i>-m</i> <i>message</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a log message directly on the command line for commit operations.<br><br><b><i>-r</i> <i>revision_or_tag</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate on or retrieve a specific revision or tag.<br><br><b><i>-D</i> <i>date</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate on or retrieve the revision as of a specific date.<br><br><b><i>-P</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prune empty directories (commonly used with <i>update</i>).<br><br><b><i>-l</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Local operation, restrict to the current directory only, not recursive.<br><br><b><i>-R</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursive operation, act on all subdirectories (this is the default).<br><br><b><i>-f</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force an operation, e.g., overwrite local files during update or commit empty directories.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>cvs</b> command, short for <i>Concurrent Versions System</i>, is a widely used client-server version control system designed to manage source code and other files among multiple developers. It allows users to keep track of changes made to files over time, revert to previous versions, and merge modifications from different contributors. <b>cvs</b> operates on a centralized repository model, where a single master copy of the project resides on a server. Developers "check out" files from the repository, work on their local copies, and then "commit" their changes back to the repository. It handles conflicts when multiple users modify the same file section by requiring manual merging. Despite being largely superseded by modern distributed version control systems like Git, <b>cvs</b> was a foundational tool in software development for many years, facilitating collaborative coding efforts across various operating systems. It supports branching and tagging for managing different development lines and releases, and provides logging capabilities to review revision history.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>cvs</b> has several significant limitations compared to modern version control systems:<br><br><i><br>*   <b>Non-Atomic Commits:</b> A commit operation is not atomic; if it fails midway, the repository can be left in an inconsistent state, making recovery difficult.<br>*   <b>File Renaming/Moving:</b> Renaming or moving files is cumbersome and effectively involves deleting the old file and adding a new one, losing its history.<br>*   <b>Merging Challenges:</b> Its merge capabilities are less sophisticated, often leading to complex manual conflict resolution, especially with divergent branches.<br>*   <b>Binary Files:</b> Handling binary files is inefficient; it stores full copies of each revision rather than deltas, leading to large repository sizes.<br>*   <b>Centralized Model:</b> The reliance on a single central server can be a single point of failure and limits offline work.<br>*   <b>Outdated:</b> It lacks many features considered standard today, such as distributed workflows, cryptographic signing, or advanced branching strategies.</i>


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<i>.cvsrc</i>: A user-specific file in the home directory that stores default global options for CVS commands, avoiding the need to type them repeatedly.<br><i>.cvsignore</i>: A file in the working directory that lists patterns of files or directories to ignore during CVS operations (e.g., build artifacts, temporary files, editor backups).


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
<i>CVSROOT</i>: Specifies the path to the CVS repository, overriding the <i>-d</i> option and allowing CVS commands to locate the repository.<br><i>CVS_RSH</i>: Specifies the remote shell program to use for connecting to the CVS server (e.g., <i>ssh</i>), enabling secure remote access.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>Concurrent Versions System</i> (<b>CVS</b>) originated in 1986 as a set of shell scripts written by Dick Grune, intended to be a front-end to RCS (<i>Revision Control System</i>). It gained significant traction and was rewritten in C by Brian Berliner in 1989, becoming a standalone system. It was widely adopted throughout the 1990s and early 2000s, becoming the de facto standard for open-source project management before the advent of Subversion (SVN) and later Git. Its client-server architecture allowed distributed teams to collaborate effectively. Despite its historical significance, development on <b>cvs</b> has largely ceased, and its usage has declined dramatically in favor of more robust and feature-rich systems.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-t, --theme <THEME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the diagram's visual theme (e.g., 'default', 'dark', 'sketchy', 'neutral', 'gray', 'cool').<br><br><b>-l, --layout <LAYOUT_ENGINE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the graph layout engine to use (e.g., 'dagre', 'elk').<br><br><b>-o, --output <FILE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the output file path and format (e.g., 'diagram.svg', 'doc.png'). If omitted, defaults to stdout or a derived filename.<br><br><b>--watch</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Monitors the input file for changes and recompiles automatically. Useful for live preview.<br><br><b>-p, --pad <VALUE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the padding (in pixels) around the generated diagram.<br><br><b>--sketch</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables a hand-drawn, sketchy style for the diagram, overriding the theme's default.<br><br><b>--font <FONT_FAMILY></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the font family to be used in the diagram (e.g., 'Inter', 'Cascadia Code').<br><br><b>--target-id <ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compiles only the diagram with the specified ID in a multi-diagram input file.<br><br><b>--animate</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables animation for web output, useful for interactive diagrams (e.g., when embedding in HTML).<br><br><b>--config <FILE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a TOML configuration file for D2 settings, allowing global or project-specific defaults.<br><br><b>--force-update</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces recompilation even if inputs haven't changed, bypassing cache.<br><br><b>-V, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the D2 version information and exits.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>d2</b> command-line interface compiles <I>D2 diagramming language</I> source files into various graphical formats such as SVG, PNG, PDF, and HTML.<br><br>D2 is an open-source, text-based diagramming language designed for creating diagrams that can be version-controlled, easily integrated into CI/CD pipelines, and rendered consistently across different environments. It aims to simplify the process of creating complex diagrams by defining them programmatically rather than through graphical user interfaces.<br><br>It leverages various graph layout engines (like Dagre and ELK) to automatically arrange elements, allowing users to focus on the logical structure and content of their diagrams. D2 supports numerous customization options, including themes, fonts, and sketch modes.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>d2</b> is not a standard Unix/Linux utility and must be installed separately (e.g., via `brew`, `npm`, or by downloading binaries). It relies on external layout engines, which might require additional configuration or dependencies for optimal performance. While powerful, its text-based nature might have a learning curve for users accustomed to GUI-based diagramming tools.


title: TEXT-AS-CODE PHILOSOPHY
content:
D2 embodies the 'diagrams as code' principle, allowing diagrams to be stored, versioned, and diffed just like source code. This enables seamless integration into Git workflows, making diagram updates traceable, collaborative, and part of documentation-as-code initiatives.


title: EXTENSIBILITY
content:
D2 is designed with extensibility in mind, allowing users to define custom shapes, styles, and even integrate with external data sources or APIs to generate dynamic diagrams. This flexibility makes it suitable for a wide range of use cases beyond simple static diagrams.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>d2</b> project was open-sourced by Terrastruct in 2022, aiming to provide a modern, versatile, and developer-friendly alternative for creating diagrams as code. It quickly gained traction within the developer community for its elegant syntax and robust features, becoming a popular choice for technical documentation and system design. Its development continues with a focus on improving layout quality, adding more output formats, and enhancing integration capabilities with various tools and platforms.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
graphviz(1) - `dot` command for Graphviz diagramming, a foundational tool for graph visualization., plantuml - Another popular text-to-diagram generation tool, often invoked via a Java JAR.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a, --successful-start-wait <seconds></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Wait for the daemon process to signal successful startup via exit code, up to the specified number of seconds.<br><br><b>-c, --chdir <directory></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Change the current working directory to the specified <directory> after forking. The default is '/'.<br><br><b>-e, --errlog <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirect the standard error stream (stderr) of the daemon to the specified <file>.<br><br><b>-g, --group <groupname></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Change to the specified group ID (by name or GID) before executing the command, after changing user ID if specified.<br><br><b>-l, --pidfile <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write the daemon's process ID (PID) to the specified <file>.<br><br><b>-o, --outfile <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirect the standard output stream (stdout) of the daemon to the specified <file>.<br><br><b>-p, --pid-file-perms <mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set permissions (e.g., 0644) for the PID file specified with -l.<br><br><b>-u, --user <username></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Change to the specified user ID (by name or UID) before executing the command.<br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output, showing details about the daemonization steps.<br><br><b>-D, --no-close-stdio</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not close standard input, output, and error streams. Use with caution as this can prevent true daemonization.<br><br><b>-k, --kill-after-failure</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;If the daemonized command exits immediately with a non-zero status, kill the parent process of daemonize.<br><br><b>--</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Marks the end of <i>daemonize</i> options and the beginning of the command to be executed by the daemon. This is useful if the command itself has options that might be misinterpreted by <i>daemonize</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>daemonize</i> is a utility designed to transform a regular command or script into a well-behaved Unix daemon. A daemon is a background process that runs independently of a controlling terminal, typically performing system-wide tasks.<br><br>The process of daemonization involves several crucial steps: forking the process to detach it from the parent, creating a new session using <i>setsid()</i> to ensure it's not tied to any terminal, changing the current working directory to the root (/) to avoid keeping directories in use, and redirecting standard input, output, and error streams (usually to /dev/null) to prevent I/O issues.<br><br>While many robust applications are designed to daemonize themselves, <i>daemonize</i> is particularly useful for simple scripts, legacy programs, or applications that lack built-in daemonization capabilities. It automates these complex steps, ensuring that the target command runs reliably in the background, is resilient to terminal disconnections, and properly manages its process ID. It's an invaluable tool for system administrators and developers needing to run services without direct terminal interaction.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>daemonize</i> is designed to run non-daemonizing programs as daemons. If the wrapped <b>command</b> attempts to daemonize itself (e.g., by calling <i>fork()</i> and <i>setsid()</i> internally), it can lead to unexpected behavior, including double-forking or incorrect PID file management. <br><br>Error logging is crucial when using <i>daemonize</i>, as the daemon's standard output and error streams are typically redirected to files or <i>/dev/null</i>. Without proper logging via the <b>-o</b> and <b>-e</b> options, debugging issues with the background process can be challenging.<br><br>It handles basic daemonization but does not provide advanced service management features found in modern init systems like <i>systemd</i> (e.g., dependency management, automatic restarts, resource limits, cgroups). For robust production services, <i>systemd</i> unit files are often preferred.


title: HOW IT WORKS INTERNALLY
content:
When <i>daemonize</i> executes, it performs a sequence of operations to achieve proper daemonization:<br>1. It <b>forks</b> the parent process, and the parent exits, allowing the shell to return control immediately.<br>2. The child process then calls <b>setsid()</b> to become the session leader of a new session and disconnect from any controlling terminal.<br>3. It changes its current working directory to the root directory (/) to prevent keeping any mount points or directories busy.<br>4. It closes standard file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr) and reopens them, typically redirecting them to <i>/dev/null</i>, or to specified log files using <b>-o</b> and <b>-e</b> options.<br>5. Finally, it executes the target command, which then runs as an independent daemon.


title: USE CASES AND ADVANTAGES
content:
<i>daemonize</i> is ideal for running scripts that need to persist after a user logs out, such as custom cron-like jobs, background listeners, or simple web servers written in scripting languages. Its primary advantage is its simplicity and ability to convert almost any command into a proper daemon without requiring the command itself to handle daemonization logic, thus reducing development effort and ensuring adherence to Unix daemon conventions.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of a daemon has existed since the early days of Unix. Programmers traditionally implemented daemonization steps directly within their applications (fork, setsid, chdir /, close stdio). The <i>daemonize</i> utility emerged as a convenient wrapper to encapsulate these common steps, making it easier to run existing scripts or simple programs as proper daemons without modifying their source code. It is not part of core GNU utilities and is typically distributed as a separate package, reflecting its role as a specialized tool for this specific purpose rather than a fundamental shell command. Its development fills a gap for cases where a full-fledged init system service definition might be overkill, or the application doesn't natively daemonize.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>dalfox</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>target(s)</i>]<br><i>target(s)</i> can be a URL, a file containing URLs, or input from stdin.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--url, -u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify target URL(s) to scan.<br><br><b>--file, -f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Path to a file containing URLs to scan (one per line).<br><br><b>--data</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;HTTP POST data string (e.g., 'param1=value1&param2=value2').<br><br><b>--param, -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a particular parameter to test for XSS.<br><br><b>--header, -H</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Add custom HTTP headers (e.g., 'Cookie: sessionid=xyz'). Can be used multiple times.<br><br><b>--cookie</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set HTTP cookies for the request.<br><br><b>--blind, -b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable blind XSS detection via a callback URL.<br><br><b>--json</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output scan results in JSON format.<br><br><b>--output</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Save scan results to a specified file.<br><br><b>--proxy</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use an HTTP/SOCKS proxy (e.g., 'http://127.0.0.1:8080').<br><br><b>--crawl</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable crawling functionality to discover more attack surfaces.<br><br><b>--timeout</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set HTTP request timeout in seconds.<br><br><b>--version, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the Dalfox version.<br><br><b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Dalfox is an <i>open-source</i> command-line tool designed for quickly and efficiently scanning web applications for Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) vulnerabilities. Written in <b>Go</b>, it prioritizes speed and concurrency, making it a popular choice for pentesters and bug bounty hunters. It supports various XSS types, including reflected, stored, and <i>DOM-based</i> XSS. <br><br>Key features include its ability to analyze parameters, handle different HTTP methods (GET/POST), and integrate with a <i>headless browser</i> (like Chrome/Chromium) for more accurate detection of client-side XSS. Dalfox can process single URLs, lists of URLs from a file, or even piped input from other tools, making it highly flexible in reconnaissance workflows. It also offers options for custom headers, proxies, cookie handling, and outputting results in JSON format, facilitating automation and integration into larger security pipelines.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Potential for <i>false positives</i> exists, as with many automated vulnerability scanners. <br>Dalfox may be detected by <b>Web Application Firewalls</b> (WAFs) or Intrusion Detection/Prevention Systems (IDS/IPS) due to its aggressive scanning patterns. <br>Accurate <i>DOM-based XSS</i> detection often requires a local headless browser (like Chrome/Chromium) to be installed.


title: PIPING INPUT
content:
Dalfox supports taking URLs from standard input (stdin), making it highly pipe-friendly. This allows seamless integration with other command-line tools like <b>cat</b>, <b>subfinder</b>, or <b>httpx</b> for automated reconnaissance workflows. For example: <code>cat urls.txt | dalfox</code> or <code>subfinder -d example.com | httpx -silent | dalfox</code>.


title: HEADLESS BROWSER SUPPORT
content:
For advanced <i>DOM-based XSS</i> detection, Dalfox can leverage a headless browser. This feature allows it to accurately analyze JavaScript execution and client-side manipulations, providing more reliable results for complex XSS scenarios. Ensure a compatible browser (e.g., Chrome/Chromium) is installed on your system for this feature to work effectively.


title: HISTORY
content:
Dalfox was developed by <b>hahwul</b> (Jaewon Kim), a prominent security researcher. Written in <i>Go</i>, it emerged as a robust tool designed for speed and efficiency in XSS detection, quickly gaining traction within the cybersecurity community for its dedicated focus and performance.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>dbt</b> <I>subcommand</I> [<I>options</I>] [<I>arguments</I>]<br><b>dbt</b> [--version | --help]<br><br>Examples:<br><b>dbt run</b><br><b>dbt test</b> --select my_model<br><b>dbt docs generate</b>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes dbt models, seeds, and snapshots defined in your project against the data warehouse.<br><br><b>test</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs tests defined in the dbt project against your data to ensure data quality and integrity.<br><br><b>build</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes models, tests, snapshots, and seeds in a single command, respecting dependencies.<br><br><b>seed</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads CSV data from your dbt project's 'data' directory directly into your data warehouse.<br><br><b>snapshot</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Captures the state of a changing source table at specific points in time, useful for slowly changing dimensions.<br><br><b>docs</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates and serves comprehensive documentation for your dbt project and data models, including lineage.<br><br><b>debug</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Verifies connectivity to your data warehouse and checks dbt configuration settings, aiding in troubleshooting.<br><br><b>init</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initializes a new dbt project with a basic directory structure and essential configuration files.<br><br><b>compile</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compiles dbt models into executable SQL without running them against the warehouse, useful for validation.<br><br><b>deps</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs dbt packages (reusable dbt projects) from your 'packages.yml' file, managing external dependencies.<br><br><b>clean</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deletes artifacts from previous dbt runs, including the 'target/' directory and other compiled files.<br><br><b>--project-dir <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the dbt project directory to use if it's not the current working directory.<br><br><b>--profiles-dir <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the directory where the 'profiles.yml' file (containing warehouse connection details) is located.<br><br><b>--target <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the profile target (a specific connection configuration within a profile) to use for the run.<br><br><b>--profile <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the dbt profile (a collection of targets) to use, as defined in 'profiles.yml'.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the dbt version information and exits.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information for the dbt command or a specific subcommand.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
dbt (data build tool) is an open-source command-line tool that enables data analysts and engineers to transform data in their data warehouse by writing SQL select statements. It treats data transformation code like software development code, allowing for modularity, version control, testing, and documentation. dbt compiles SQL and Jinja into executable SQL, creating tables and views. It helps teams establish a single source of truth for their data, improve data quality, and accelerate data delivery. Users define data models, tests, and documentation within a dbt project, and dbt handles the orchestration, dependency management, and execution of these transformations within the cloud data warehouse.


title: CAVEATS
content:
dbt is not a built-in Linux command; it requires Python and typically needs to be installed via pip (e.g., <b>pip install dbt-core dbt-<i><warehouse-adapter></i></b>).<br>It requires a properly configured <b>profiles.yml</b> file for connecting to a data warehouse.<br>Its primary function is data transformation <i>within</i> a data warehouse, not general-purpose data manipulation on the Linux filesystem.


title: PROJECT STRUCTURE
content:
A typical dbt project includes directories for: <br><i>models/</i> (SQL files defining data transformations), <br><i>tests/</i> (YAML and SQL files for data quality checks), <br><i>macros/</i> (Jinja macros for reusable SQL code), <br><i>seeds/</i> (CSV files for static data loaded directly), <br><i>snapshots/</i> (SQL files for capturing historical data changes), <br>and configuration files like <i>dbt_project.yml</i> and <i>profiles.yml</i>.


title: ADAPTERS
content:
dbt is warehouse-agnostic through the use of 'adapters'. While <b>dbt-core</b> provides the main functionality, a specific adapter (e.g., <b>dbt-snowflake</b>, <b>dbt-bigquery</b>, <b>dbt-redshift</b>, <b>dbt-postgres</b>) is needed to connect and interact with a particular data warehouse. These adapters are installed separately via pip.


title: HISTORY
content:
dbt was created by Fishtown Analytics (now dbt Labs) and open-sourced in 2016. It emerged from a need to apply software engineering best practices to analytics code. Its adoption grew rapidly due to its focus on SQL, modularity, testing, and documentation, democratizing data transformation for analysts who were comfortable with SQL but not necessarily complex programming languages. dbt Labs continues to drive its development, alongside a vibrant open-source community, making it a cornerstone of the modern data stack.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--system</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run as the system-wide message bus daemon.<br><br><b>--session</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run as a per-session message bus daemon (default if no other bus type is specified).<br><br><b>--config-file=FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use the specified configuration file instead of the default.<br><br><b>--fork</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fork into the background after startup.<br><br><b>--nofork</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not fork into the background (this is the default behavior).<br><br><b>--print-address[=FILE]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the bus address to standard output or a specified file.<br><br><b>--print-pid[=FILE]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the process ID (PID) to standard output or a specified file.<br><br><b>--address=ADDRESS</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Listen on the specified D-Bus address instead of addresses from configuration.<br><br><b>--pidfile=FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write the daemon's PID to the specified file.<br><br><b>--nopidfile</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not write a PID file (overrides --pidfile option).<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information and exit.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>--system-d-activation</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable systemd service activation. This is typically used when launched by systemd itself.<br><br><b>--activation-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Only allow service activation, not direct messages. Useful for internal daemon startup.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>dbus-daemon</i> is the core component of the D-Bus message bus system, a powerful and flexible mechanism for inter-process communication (IPC) on Linux and Unix-like operating systems. It acts as a central hub, enabling different applications and system services to communicate with each other by sending and receiving messages. <br><br> There are two primary types of D-Bus instances managed by <i>dbus-daemon</i>: the <b>system bus</b> and the <b>session bus</b>. The system bus provides a system-wide communication channel, typically used for low-level system services like hardware events, network configuration, and power management. In contrast, the session bus is launched per user login session, facilitating communication between desktop applications, such as a file manager notifying a text editor to open a file. <br><br> The daemon handles connection management, message routing, and enforces security policies defined in its configuration files. It also supports "service activation," where services are automatically launched on demand when a message is sent to them, improving system responsiveness and resource utilization.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <i>dbus-daemon</i> is rarely started manually by users; it is typically launched automatically by system initialization systems like <b>systemd</b> for the system bus, or by display managers and desktop environments for the session bus. <br><br> Its behavior is heavily dependent on XML configuration files (e.g., <i>/etc/dbus-1/system.conf</i> and <i>/usr/share/dbus-1/session.conf</i>), which define crucial aspects like security policies (who can connect, send, and receive messages), service activation rules, and bus addresses. Misconfigurations can lead to security vulnerabilities or applications failing to communicate.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
The behavior of <i>dbus-daemon</i> is primarily controlled by XML-based configuration files. For the system bus, the main configuration is typically found at <i>/etc/dbus-1/system.conf</i>, and for the session bus, a common path is <i>/usr/share/dbus-1/session.conf</i> or user-specific files in <i>~/.local/share/dbus-1/</i>. These files define critical settings such as allowed connections, security policies (e.g., what messages can be sent or received by specific users or groups), and rules for service activation.


title: SYSTEM VS. SESSION BUS
content:
The <b>system bus</b> is a single instance running globally on the system, typically started by <i>systemd</i>. It handles communication for system-wide services (e.g., UDisks, NetworkManager, Polkit). The <b>session bus</b> is instantiated for each logged-in user session, managing communication between desktop applications belonging to that user (e.g., LibreOffice communicating with your desktop environment to open a file).


title: SERVICE ACTIVATION
content:
A key feature of D-Bus is service activation. Instead of services running continuously and consuming resources, <i>dbus-daemon</i> can activate a service only when an application attempts to communicate with it. This is managed through configuration files that map D-Bus service names to executable paths. When a message for a registered but inactive service arrives, <i>dbus-daemon</i> automatically launches the service, improving system efficiency.


title: HISTORY
content:
D-Bus was initiated by <b>freedesktop.org</b> in the early 2000s as a standardized and simpler inter-process communication system. Its primary goal was to replace existing, more complex IPC mechanisms like CORBA, Bonobo, and DCOP that were prevalent in different desktop environments (GNOME and KDE, respectively). The development of <i>dbus-daemon</i> aimed to provide a unified solution for desktop applications to communicate with each other and with the underlying operating system. It quickly became a fundamental component for modern Linux desktop environments and has since expanded its role to include communication with various system services, making it an indispensable part of the Linux ecosystem.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
As <i><b>dcg</b></i> is not a standard Linux command, a universal syntax cannot be provided. If it is a custom script or program, its invocation syntax (e.g., `<i>dcg</i> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [<i>ARGUMENTS</i>]`) would be defined by its creator.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>N/A</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Since <i><b>dcg</b></i> is not a standard Linux command, there are no predefined parameters or options. Any options would be specific to a custom implementation, if one exists.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <i><b>dcg</b></i> does not appear to be a standard or commonly recognized utility in typical Linux distributions. Attempts to find its manual page (e.g., 'man <i>dcg</i>') or list it via `apropos` yield no results. It is highly probable that <i><b>dcg</b></i> is either a typo, a specific custom script, an alias, or a component of a larger, specialized software package not universally installed. Its functionality, if it exists, would be entirely dependent on its unique implementation. Users encountering this command should consult system administrators or relevant software documentation for specific details.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The primary caveat is its non-standard nature. <i><b>dcg</b></i>'s presence, behavior, and functionality are not guaranteed across different Linux systems. Executing unknown or undocumented commands can pose security risks or lead to unintended system changes. Always verify the source and purpose of any non-standard command before use.


title: IDENTIFYING NON-STANDARD COMMANDS
content:
If you encounter a command like <i><b>dcg</b></i> that isn't found via `man` or `apropos`, you can try:<br><br>1. <b>`type dcg`</b>: To check if it's an alias, function, or executable.<br>2. <b>`which dcg`</b>: To find its location if it's an executable.<br>3. <b>`find / -name dcg 2>/dev/null`</b>: To locate it on the filesystem (may be slow).<br>4. <b>Consult system documentation</b>: Check for site-specific scripts or software packages that might include it.


title: HISTORY
content:
There is no publicly documented history for <i><b>dcg</b></i> as a standard Linux command, as it is not part of common distributions. Any historical context would be internal to a specific project or environment where a custom `<i>dcg</i>` utility might have been developed.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>dconf</b> <i>COMMAND</i> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [<i>PATH</i>] [<i>VALUE</i>]<br><br>Common commands include:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf read</b> <i>PATH</i><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf write</b> <i>PATH VALUE</i><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf reset</b> <i>PATH</i> [<b>-f</b>]<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf list</b> <i>PATH</i><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf monitor</b> <i>PATH</i><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf dump</b> <i>PATH</i><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>dconf load</b> <i>PATH</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>read</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads the value of a configuration key at the specified <i>PATH</i>.<br><br><b>write</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes a <i>VALUE</i> to the configuration key at <i>PATH</i>. The <i>VALUE</i> must be in GVariant format (e.g., 'true', 10, 'string', ['list', 'of', 'strings']).<br><br><b>reset</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resets the configuration key or directory at <i>PATH</i> to its default value. Use <b>-f</b> to recursively reset an entire directory.<br><br><b>list</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists the subkeys and subdirectories within the specified <i>PATH</i>.<br><br><b>monitor</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Monitors the specified <i>PATH</i> for changes, printing updates as they occur.<br><br><b>dump</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dumps the entire sub-tree rooted at <i>PATH</i> to standard output in a textual format.<br><br><b>load</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads configuration data from standard input into the sub-tree at <i>PATH</i>. This is the inverse of <b>dump</b>.<br><br><b>update</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Manually writes any pending changes to the <b>dconf</b> database file. Changes are usually written automatically.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>dconf</b> is a crucial low-level configuration system primarily used by the GNOME desktop environment and applications built upon it. It serves as a backend for storing user preferences and system-wide settings in a hierarchical, key-value database. Unlike its predecessor, GConf, <b>dconf</b> is designed for higher performance and atomicity, ensuring that configuration changes are applied as a single, indivisible operation. Settings are typically stored in a binary database file, commonly found at <i>~/.config/dconf/user</i> for individual user configurations. The <b>dconf</b> command-line utility allows users and scripts to interact directly with this database, enabling operations like reading, writing, resetting, listing, and monitoring configuration keys. While <b>dconf</b> is the backend, <b>gsettings</b> is the high-level command-line tool that most users should employ for common configuration tasks, as <b>gsettings</b> understands schemas and validates data. <b>dconf</b> is powerful for scripting and debugging when lower-level access is required.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Directly modifying <b>dconf</b> settings without understanding their purpose can lead to unexpected behavior or break applications.<br>Changes made via <b>dconf</b> might not take effect in running applications until they are restarted or explicitly reload their settings.<br>The <b>dconf</b> database file is in a binary format and should not be edited manually outside of the <b>dconf</b> command-line tool or <b>dconf-editor</b>.<br>The recursive <b>reset -f</b> command is powerful and should be used with caution as it can revert many settings within a directory to their defaults.


title: PATH FORMAT
content:
Paths in <b>dconf</b> are hierarchical, similar to file system paths, but always start with a slash and represent a 'key' or 'directory' in the database. For example, <i>/org/gnome/desktop/interface/scaling-factor</i>. Directories usually end with a slash (e.g., <i>/org/gnome/desktop/interface/</i>), while keys do not.


title: VALUE FORMAT
content:
Values written to <b>dconf</b> must adhere to the GVariant type system. This means strings must be quoted (e.g., <i>'dark'</i>), booleans are <i>'true'</i> or <i>'false'</i>, integers are unquoted (e.g., <i>1</i>), and arrays are represented with square brackets (e.g., <i>['item1', 'item2']</i>).


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>dconf</b> was developed as a successor to the GConf configuration system, aiming to address performance and design limitations. It was introduced with GNOME 3, emphasizing atomic transactions and a more efficient storage backend. Its development marked a significant shift in how GNOME applications manage their settings, moving towards a more robust and responsive system for configuration management.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-n</b>, <b>--num</b> &lt;<i>num</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the number of results to display per page.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--region</b> &lt;<i>region</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the search region (e.g., 'us-en', 'uk-en').<br><br><b><b>-l</b>, <b>--lang</b> &lt;<i>lang</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the search language (e.g., 'en', 'fr').<br><br><b><b>-x</b>, <b>--no-url-preview</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not show full URL previews for search results.<br><br><b><b>--unsafe</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable Safe Search filters, potentially showing explicit content.<br><br><b><b>--proxy</b> &lt;<i>url</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an HTTP/SOCKS proxy (e.g., 'socks5://localhost:9050').<br><br><b><b>--pager</b> &lt;<i>pager_cmd</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a custom pager command instead of the default (e.g., 'more').<br><br><b><b>--colors</b> &lt;<i>scheme</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a custom color scheme for result presentation.<br><br><b><b>--json</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output results in JSON format.<br><br><b><b>--url-only</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show only the URLs of the search results.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's version number and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>ddgr</b></i> is a powerful command-line utility that allows users to search DuckDuckGo directly from their terminal. <br><br>It is designed for privacy-conscious users and those who prefer a keyboard-driven workflow. Similar to <i>googler</i>, <i>ddgr</i> fetches search results and presents them in a clean, text-based format, often using a pager like <i>less</i> for easy navigation. Users can then select a result to open it in their default web browser. <br><br>Key features include support for custom color schemes, regional and language-specific searches, disabling safe search, proxy support, and integration with terminal features like tab completion. It's an excellent tool for quick lookups, scripting, or when working in a server environment without a graphical interface, providing a fast and privacy-friendly way to access web information.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><b>ddgr</b></i> requires Python to run. While robust, its functionality relies on the scraping capabilities of DuckDuckGo's search interface, which could theoretically change and break compatibility. For fully interactive browsing of selected links within the terminal, a text-based browser like <i>w3m</i> or <i>lynx</i> may be required, depending on configuration.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
<i><b>ddgr</b></i> can be configured globally or per-user via a configuration file, typically located at <b>~/.config/ddgr/config</b>. This file allows persistent settings for options like the default number of results, preferred region, language, and color schemes, eliminating the need to specify them with command-line flags for every search.


title: INTERACTIVE SEARCH MODE
content:
When <i><b>ddgr</b></i> is invoked without any search keywords (i.e., just <b>ddgr</b>), it enters an interactive search mode. In this mode, users are prompted to enter search queries one by one, allowing for continuous searching without re-typing the command. This is particularly useful for multiple consecutive searches.


title: BROWSER INTEGRATION
content:
By default, <i><b>ddgr</b></i> opens selected search results in your system's default web browser. This behavior is managed by the <b>BROWSER</b> environment variable or system-wide browser configurations, ensuring a seamless transition from the terminal to a full web browsing experience for specific links.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i><b>ddgr</b></i> was created by Arun Prakash Jana, drawing inspiration from his prior work on <i>googler</i>, a similar command-line interface for Google Search. It emerged from the need for a privacy-focused command-line search tool that leverages DuckDuckGo's emphasis on user privacy and minimal tracking. Its development focused on providing a lightweight, fast, and feature-rich terminal experience for web searching, quickly gaining popularity among Linux users and developers seeking efficient command-line workflows.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-i</b>, <b>--increment</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increments the version number, adding a new entry for the next development iteration.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--release</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a new changelog entry suitable for a package release. This typically sets the urgency to 'medium' and the distribution to 'unstable' (or a specified one).<br><br><b><b>-v</b> <i>version</i>, <b>--version</b> <i>version</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the exact version number for the new changelog entry, overriding the automatic increment.<br><br><b><b>-D</b> <i>distribution</i>, <b>--distribution</b> <i>distribution</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the distribution (e.g., <i>unstable</i>, <i>testing</i>, <i>stable</i>, <i>experimental</i>) for the new entry.<br><br><b><b>-U</b> <i>urgency</i>, <b>--urgency</b> <i>urgency</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the urgency of the change (e.g., <i>low</i>, <i>medium</i>, <i>high</i>, <i>critical</i>, <i>emergency</i>).<br><br><b><b>-m</b> <i>message</i>, <b>--message</b> <i>message</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the changelog entry message directly on the command line, bypassing the editor.<br><br><b><b>-A</b>, <b>--append</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appends the message to the current (topmost) changelog entry instead of creating a new one. Useful for minor additions or corrections.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>package</i>, <b>--package</b> <i>package</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the source package name, useful when the current directory doesn't correspond to the package name or when working with multiple source packages.<br><br><b><b>-e</b>, <b>--edit</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces editing the changelog entry in the user's preferred editor (defined by <i>EDITOR</i> or <i>VISUAL</i> environment variables). This is the default behavior for new entries.<br><br><b><b>--no-conf</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents reading any configuration files, ensuring default behavior or explicitly defined command-line options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debchange</i> (or its common alias <i>dch</i>) is a crucial utility in the Debian packaging ecosystem. It's part of the <i>devscripts</i> package and is primarily used to automate and standardize the process of updating the <i>debian/changelog</i> file. This file is fundamental for tracking changes, versions, and build information for a Debian package.<br><br>The command simplifies adding new entries, specifying the version, distribution, urgency, and the change description itself. It can also manage existing entries, mark releases, or prepare for specific builds. By abstracting the manual editing of the changelog format, <i>debchange</i> helps maintain consistency, reduce errors, and ensures that the changelog adheres to Debian policy, which is essential for proper package maintenance and review. It is often the first command run before building a new Debian package.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>debchange</i> assumes a correctly formatted <i>debian/changelog</i> file. Manual edits that break the format can cause issues.<br>The <i>EDITOR</i> or <i>VISUAL</i> environment variables must be set for interactive editing.<br>Be cautious with <b>--message</b> as it bypasses the editor, making it easier to introduce typos or incomplete entries.<br>It's primarily designed for source package maintainers; direct use by end-users is rare.


title: WORKFLOW INTEGRATION
content:
<i>debchange</i> is typically the first command run when a package maintainer starts working on a new release or bug fix. After updating the changelog, they would then proceed with building the package using tools like <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i> or <i>debuild</i>.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The behavior of <i>debchange</i> can be influenced by several environment variables, most notably <i>EDITOR</i> or <i>VISUAL</i> for the text editor, and <i>DEBEMAIL</i> / <i>DEBFULLNAME</i> for setting the maintainer's name and email in new changelog entries.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debchange</i> is part of the <i>devscripts</i> package, which provides a collection of scripts to make the life of a Debian package maintainer easier. It originated as <i>dch</i> (debian changelog) and over time gained more features and robustness to handle various changelog manipulation scenarios, evolving with Debian policy and best practices for package versioning and release management. Its consistent usage has made it a de facto standard tool for Debian developers.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>--title &lt;string&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the main title text displayed at the top of the <i>debconf</i> progress dialog. This helps inform the user about the ongoing operation.<br><br><b><i>--text &lt;string&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the explanatory text displayed below the title in the progress dialog, providing more details about the current task.<br><br><b><i>--name &lt;string&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the <i>debconf</i> template name to use for the progress bar. This allows for custom <i>debconf</i> templates to be used for the progress display, if available.<br><br><b><b>--</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A mandatory separator. All arguments supplied before this separator are interpreted as options for <i>debconf-apt-progress</i> itself (or <i>debconf</i> configurations it utilizes), while all arguments supplied after it are treated as the <i>COMMAND</i> to be executed and its specific <i>ARGS</i>.<br><br><b><i>COMMAND</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The executable command (e.g., <i>apt-get</i>, <i>dpkg</i>) whose execution progress is to be monitored and displayed. This command's output is expected to conform to a format parsable by <i>apt-progress-formatter</i>.<br><br><b><i>ARGS...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Any additional arguments to be passed directly to the <i>COMMAND</i>. These are specific to the command being run (e.g., '<i>install package-name</i>' for <i>apt-get</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debconf-apt-progress</i> is a wrapper script designed to display a <i>debconf</i>-driven progress bar during lengthy <i>apt</i> operations, or any other command whose output can be parsed for progress.<br><br>It's primarily used by system installers, upgrade tools, and package management frontends (like <i>tasksel</i> or <i>update-manager</i>) to provide visual feedback to the user. Instead of showing raw command output, it presents a user-friendly progress dialog.<br><br>The script sets up the appropriate <i>debconf</i> environment (e.g., <i>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</i>) and executes the specified <i>COMMAND</i>. It then pipes the command's output through <i>apt-progress-formatter</i> to extract progress information, which is then fed to <i>debconf</i> to update the progress bar in real-time.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is primarily an internal utility invoked by other system tools and is not generally intended for direct interactive use by end-users. Its functionality relies heavily on the <i>debconf</i> system being properly configured and the ability of <i>apt-progress-formatter</i> to accurately parse the output of the executed <i>COMMAND</i>. Behavior can vary depending on the active <i>debconf</i> frontend.


title: INTEGRATION WITH DEBCONF FRONTENDS
content:
The command works by dynamically setting the <i>DEBIAN_FRONTEND</i> environment variable to an appropriate value (e.g., '<i>newt</i>' for ncurses, '<i>dialog</i>' for console dialogs, '<i>gnome</i>' or '<i>kde</i>' for graphical environments, '<i>curses</i>', '<i>readline</i>', or '<i>text</i>') before executing the specified command. This ensures that the progress bar is rendered correctly within the user's chosen <i>debconf</i> interface, providing a consistent user experience during package operations, regardless of whether a graphical or console environment is in use.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debconf-apt-progress</i> is a foundational utility within the Debian and Ubuntu Linux distributions' package management ecosystem. It was developed to enhance user experience by providing clear, interactive progress feedback during potentially long-running package installation, upgrade, and removal operations, integrating seamlessly with <i>debconf</i>'s various frontends since its early days to offer a consistent look and feel across different environments.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>debconf-communicate</b> [<i>options</i>]<br>Communicates with debconf by reading commands from standard input and writing replies to standard output.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-f, --frontend <frontend></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the debconf frontend to use (e.g., <I>dialog</I>, <I>newt</I>, <I>noninteractive</I>). This influences how debconf questions are presented and handled.<br><br><b>-t, --template <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a template file to read questions from. This is primarily used for debugging debconf templates.<br><br><b>-p, --protocol <version></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the debconf protocol version to use for communication (e.g., <I>2.0</I>, <I>3.0</I>). Newer versions may offer additional features.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message explaining command usage and options, then exits.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays version information for the <I>debconf-communicate</I> program, then exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>debconf-communicate</b> provides a direct, low-level interface for programs and scripts to interact with the debconf configuration management system. It's not typically used by end-users directly, but rather by debconf frontends or for advanced scripting and debugging purposes. It operates by reading debconf commands from standard input (e.g., <I>GET &lt;template&gt;</I>, <I>SET &lt;template&gt; &lt;value&gt;</I>) and printing the corresponding responses to standard output, adhering to the debconf protocol. This allows for precise control over the configuration process, enabling scripts to retrieve, set, or modify debconf questions and their values without invoking <I>dpkg</I> or other higher-level tools. It's fundamental for custom frontends or automated configuration scripts.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command provides a low-level interface and is primarily intended for debconf frontends, advanced scripting, or debugging. Direct use requires familiarity with the debconf protocol and its command syntax. It is not typically used for routine package configuration by end-users.


title: INTERACTING WITH DEBCONF PROTOCOL
content:
<b>debconf-communicate</b> serves as a direct wrapper around the debconf protocol. It reads various commands like <I>GET</I>, <I>SET</I>, <I>INPUT</I>, <I>GO</I>, etc., from standard input, processes them against the debconf database and frontend, and writes the results (e.g., return code and value) to standard output. This makes it a powerful tool for scripting complex debconf interactions, such as writing a custom debconf frontend or integrating debconf into non-standard deployment workflows where granular control over configuration is needed.


title: HISTORY
content:
Debconf and its associated utilities like <b>debconf-communicate</b> are core components of the Debian package management system, designed to handle package configuration in a consistent and user-friendly manner across various frontends. <b>debconf-communicate</b> has been a fundamental part of the <I>debconf</I> package since its early days, serving as the communication backbone for frontends and scripts to interact with the debconf database. Its role remains crucial for customized configuration processes and automated deployments in Debian-based systems.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>csvcut</b> [<i>-H</i>] [<i>-c COLUMNS</i> | <i>-C COLUMNS</i>] [<i>-n</i>] [<i>-d DELIMITER</i>] [<i>-q QUOTECHAR</i>] [<i>FILE ...</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-c COLUMNS</b>, <b>--columns COLUMNS</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A comma-separated list of column names or 0-based indices to include in the output. When a header is present, names are preferred; otherwise, indices are used.<br><br><b><b>-C COLUMNS</b>, <b>--not-columns COLUMNS</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A comma-separated list of column names or 0-based indices to exclude from the output. This option works inversely to <b>-c</b>.<br><br><b><b>-n</b>, <b>--names</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints column names from the header row (or 0-based indices if <b>-H</b> is used) and exits. This is useful for discovering available column identifiers.<br><br><b><b>-H</b>, <b>--no-header-row</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies that the input CSV file does not contain a header row. When this option is used, columns must be referenced by their 0-based integer indices.<br><br><b><b>-d DELIMITER</b>, <b>--delimiter DELIMITER</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the single-character field delimiter used in the input CSV file. The default delimiter is a comma (,).<br><br><b><b>-q QUOTECHAR</b>, <b>--quotechar QUOTECHAR</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the single-character used to quote fields in the input CSV file. The default quote character is a double quote (").<br><br><b><b>FILE ...</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more input CSV file paths. If no file paths are provided, <b>csvcut</b> reads CSV data from standard input (stdin).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>csvcut</i> is a powerful command-line utility from the <I>csvkit</I> suite designed for robust manipulation of CSV data. Unlike traditional text-processing tools like <I>cut</I> that operate on byte or character positions, <I>csvcut</I> intelligently parses CSV files, understanding their delimiters, quoted fields, and header rows. This allows users to accurately select, reorder, or remove specific columns by name or index. It's an essential tool for data cleaning, preparing datasets for further analysis, or simply rearranging columns for better readability. <I>csvcut</I> can process input from files or standard input, and it outputs the modified CSV data to standard output, making it highly compatible with shell pipelines.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><b>-</b> csvcut</i> expects well-formed CSV input; malformed data may lead to unexpected results or errors.<br><i><b>-</b> Column selection by name is case-sensitive.</i><br><i><b>-</b> When using the <b>-H</b> (no header row) option, columns must be referenced by their 0-based integer index, not by name.</i>


title: COLUMN INDEXING BEHAVIOR
content:
By default, if an input CSV has a header row, columns are best referenced by their names for clarity and robustness. However, if the <B>-H</B> or <B>--no-header-row</B> option is used, <I>csvcut</I> treats the first line of the input as data, and columns must then be selected using 0-based integer indices (e.g., '0' for the first column, '1' for the second, and so on).


title: INPUT AND OUTPUT STREAMS
content:
<I>csvcut</I> is designed to integrate seamlessly into shell pipelines. If no input file is specified as an argument, it automatically reads CSV data from standard input (stdin). All processed output, whether selected or reordered columns, is written to standard output (stdout), allowing it to be easily piped to other command-line utilities for further processing or redirected to a new file.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>csvcut</I> is a fundamental utility within the <I>csvkit</I> suite, which was developed by Christopher Groskopf. The motivation behind its creation was to overcome the limitations of traditional Unix tools (like <I>cut</I>) when processing structured CSV data, particularly regarding quoted fields and varying delimiters. It provides a robust, Python-based solution for common CSV manipulation tasks, making command-line CSV processing more reliable and user-friendly.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--url=URL</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b><i>Mandatory</i></b>. The URL of the web page to capture.<br><br><b>--out=FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b><i>Mandatory</i></b>. The output file name and path. The extension determines the output format (e.g., .png, .jpg, .pdf, .svg).<br><br><b>--min-width=WIDTH</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the minimum width of the browser window in pixels.<br><br><b>--min-height=HEIGHT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the minimum height of the browser window in pixels.<br><br><b>--max-wait=MILLISECONDS</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Maximum time to wait for network and JavaScript activity (default is 90000ms).<br><br><b>--delay=MILLISECONDS</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Delay before capturing the page, allowing JavaScript to execute (default is 0ms).<br><br><b>--zoom-factor=FACTOR</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the zoom level of the page (e.g., 0.5 for 50%, 2.0 for 200%).<br><br><b>--user-agent=STRING</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the User-Agent string sent with HTTP requests.<br><br><b>--javascript=on|off</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables or disables JavaScript execution (default is on).<br><br><b>--plugins=on|off</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables or disables browser plugins (default is on).<br><br><b>--proxy=HOST:PORT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an HTTP proxy to use.<br><br><b>--http-header=HEADER:VALUE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a custom HTTP header to requests. Can be used multiple times.<br><br><b>--base-url=URL</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the base URL for relative links on the page.<br><br><b>--output-format=FORMAT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces a specific output format (e.g., png, jpeg, pdf, svg). Overrides file extension.<br><br><b>--disable-scrollbars</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Hides the scrollbars in the captured image.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
CutyCapt is a cross-platform command-line utility that uses <b>WebKit</b> (or more recent versions might use <b>QtWebEngine</b>, based on Chromium) to render web pages and save them as various image formats (JPEG, PNG, GIF, BMP, TIFF, PDF, SVG) or as pure HTML/MHTML.<br><br>It provides a robust way to generate screenshots or PDF documents of web content directly from the command line, making it suitable for scripting, automated website thumbnail generation, archiving, or testing web page rendering across different environments. Its core strength lies in its ability to render web content accurately, including JavaScript, CSS, and dynamic content, similar to how a modern web browser would display it.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>CutyCapt</i> relies on <b>QtWebKit</b> or <b>QtWebEngine</b>, which means its rendering capabilities are tied to the version of Qt and WebKit/Chromium it was compiled against. This can lead to rendering differences compared to the latest versions of modern browsers. It can be resource-intensive, especially for complex pages or when capturing many pages.<br><br>For highly dynamic single-page applications or advanced browser automation, headless Chrome/Firefox (e.g., via Puppeteer or Playwright) are often more powerful and actively maintained alternatives.


title: INTEGRATION WITH SCRIPTING
content:
<i>CutyCapt</i>'s command-line nature makes it ideal for integration into shell scripts, cron jobs, or server-side applications for automated tasks like creating website thumbnails, generating reports, or archiving web content regularly.


title: DEPENDENCIES
content:
It typically requires the <i>Qt</i> framework and its <i>WebKit</i> or <i>WebEngine</i> modules to be installed on the system where it runs. Availability might depend on the specific Linux distribution and its package repositories.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>CutyCapt</i> was created by the same developer as <i>wkhtmltopdf</i>, Peter W. G. Kroon. It emerged at a time when command-line web rendering tools were less common and less sophisticated. Its development largely mirrored the evolution of <b>QtWebKit</b>, providing a robust solution for server-side web page rendering and screenshot generation.<br><br>While newer headless browser solutions have gained prominence, <i>CutyCapt</i> remains a viable, lightweight option for specific use cases, particularly where Qt dependencies are already present or a simpler, standalone executable is preferred.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>wkhtmltopdf</b>(1) - Converts HTML to PDF and image using WebKit., <b>phantomjs</b>(1) - Headless WebKit scriptable browser (deprecated, but similar concept)., <b>puppeteer</b> (Node.js library) - High-level API to control headless Chrome/Chromium., <b>playwright</b> (Node.js, Python, Java, .NET) - Cross-browser automation library.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>directory</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The root directory from which to serve files. If not specified, the current working directory will be used. This directory should typically contain the 'index.html' file for the root path.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i><port></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the TCP port number on which <i>darkhttpd</i> will listen for incoming connections. The default port is typically 80 (HTTP) but may be 8000 if not running as root.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i><address></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Binds the server to a specific IP address or hostname, rather than listening on all available network interfaces.<br><br><b><b>-a</b> <i><user:pass></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables basic HTTP authentication for all served content using the provided username and password pair.<br><br><b><b>-r</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables <b>chroot</b> functionality. The server will change its root directory to the specified <i>directory</i> argument before dropping privileges, enhancing security by confining file access.<br><br><b><b>-d</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Daemonizes the server process, causing it to run in the background and detach from the controlling terminal.<br><br><b><b>-e</b> <i><error_directory></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a directory containing custom HTTP error pages (e.g., '404.html', '500.html') to be served on errors.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i><logfile></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Logs all incoming requests (similar to an Apache-style access log) to the specified file path.<br><br><b><b>-c</b> <i><directory></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changes the current working directory to the specified path before starting the server. This is similar to running `cd <directory>` first.<br><br><b><b>-z</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables directory indexing. If a directory without an 'index.html' or similar default file is accessed, it will result in a 403 Forbidden error instead of a directory listing.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose logging, providing more detailed output to standard error (stderr), useful for debugging and troubleshooting.<br><br><b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message with command-line options and then exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>darkhttpd</i> is a very small, single-file, and highly efficient HTTP/1.1 web server created by Niels Provos. It is renowned for its minimalist design, making it ideal for serving static content, quick file sharing, or embedding in small systems. Unlike feature-rich servers, <i>darkhttpd</i> focuses solely on core functionality: serving files quickly and securely with minimal overhead. It supports essential HTTP/1.1 features like directory listings, basic authentication, range requests, and 'If-Modified-Since' headers.<br><br>Its compact codebase (often just a single C file) contributes to its security by making it easier to audit and reducing the attack surface. It does not support scripting languages (like PHP or CGI) or HTTPS directly, requiring a reverse proxy for SSL encryption. Despite its simplicity, it is a robust choice for scenarios where a lightweight, secure, and static file server is needed without the complexity of larger alternatives.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>darkhttpd</i> does not natively support HTTPS/SSL encryption; a separate reverse proxy (such as Nginx or HAProxy) is required to add SSL capabilities. It also explicitly lacks support for dynamic content generation via scripting languages (CGI, PHP, Python, etc.) and advanced features like virtual hosts, URL rewriting, or sophisticated access control lists. While designed with security in mind, its robustness in production environments still relies on proper system configuration, judicious use of options like <b>-r</b> (chroot), and running as a non-root user after binding to privileged ports.


title: SECURITY BEST PRACTICES
content:
When running <i>darkhttpd</i>, especially in exposed environments, it is highly recommended to use the <b>-r</b> (chroot) option to confine the server to its designated content directory, limiting potential system compromise. Additionally, ensure the server runs as a non-root user with minimal privileges. For ports below 1024, bind as root then drop privileges, or use `setcap`.<br>Consider implementing a firewall (e.g., `ufw`, `iptables`) to restrict access to the server's port to only necessary IP addresses or networks.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
<i>darkhttpd</i> is perfectly suited for:<br><ul><li>Quickly sharing files over a local network or VPN.</li><li>Serving static assets (HTML, CSS, JavaScript, images) for web development or testing environments.</li><li>Embedding within constrained environments, specialized appliances, or IoT devices due to its small footprint.</li><li>As a lightweight backend for simple single-page applications (SPAs) or APIs where static file serving is the primary requirement.</li></ul>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>darkhttpd</i> was developed by Niels Provos, a well-known security researcher and developer, with a strong emphasis on minimalism and security. Its design reflects a philosophy of 'less is more' in terms of features, aiming for a small, auditable, and reliable codebase. It has been used in various contexts where a straightforward, static web server is needed without the overhead and complexity of larger alternatives. Its development history is marked by consistent adherence to its original design principles of being tiny, fast, and secure.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
The <i>debconf</i> command itself is not directly invoked by users with options; it refers to the underlying configuration system and its associated utilities.<br><br>Common ways to interact with the <i>debconf</i> system include:<br><b>dpkg-reconfigure <I>package_name</I></b><br><b>debconf-get-selections [--installer]</b><br><b>debconf-set-selections [--verbose]</b><br>These commands allow users to reconfigure packages, retrieve stored answers, or provide pre-seeded answers respectively, all leveraging the <i>debconf</i> framework.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--installer</b> (with <i>debconf-get-selections</i>)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes selections that are typically intended for the Debian installer. Useful for generating a pre-seeding file for a new installation.<br><br><b><b>--verbose</b> (with <i>debconf-set-selections</i>)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides more detailed output, explaining what selections are being processed and stored by the command.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debconf</i> is the <B>Debian package configuration management system</B> that provides a standardized and flexible way for packages to ask users questions during installation, upgrade, or removal. It separates the process of installing software from its configuration, allowing system administrators to pre-seed answers, use various user interfaces (frontends), and reconfigure packages post-installation.<br><br>Instead of relying on ad-hoc scripts, <i>debconf</i> uses a central database to store answers to configuration questions, ensuring consistency and making re-configuration straightforward. It supports multiple frontends, from full-screen curses interfaces like <i>dialog</i> to simple command-line or even entirely noninteractive modes, making it ideal for both interactive installations and automated deployments. Its design facilitates internationalization and reduces the burden on package maintainers for handling diverse configuration scenarios.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>debconf</i> is a system, not a single executable command with universal options. Direct interaction is usually through related utilities like <i>dpkg-reconfigure</i> or <i>debconf-get/set-selections</i>.<br><br>Pre-seeding requires precise formatting of the input file for <i>debconf-set-selections</i>. Incorrect formatting can lead to ignored selections or errors during package installation.


title: FRONTENDS
content:
<i>debconf</i> supports several user interfaces, known as frontends. The most common are: <br><b>dialog</b> (a full-screen text-based interface), <br><b>readline</b> (a simpler command-line interface), <br><b>noninteractive</b> (for automated scripts, which uses default answers or pre-seeded values), <br><b>editor</b> (opens a text editor to configure), and <br><b>gnome</b>/<b>kde</b> (graphical interfaces for desktop environments).


title: PRIORITIES
content:
Each question asked by <i>debconf</i> has a priority (e.g., low, medium, high, critical, important). Users can set a minimum priority level for questions they wish to see. This is typically controlled by the <b>DEBCONF_PRIORITY</b> environment variable or via <i>dpkg-reconfigure</i> options, allowing for quieter installations or more detailed configuration depending on user needs.


title: PRE-SEEDING
content:
A powerful feature of <i>debconf</i> is pre-seeding, which allows administrators to provide answers to configuration questions in advance. This is crucial for automated installations (e.g., using <I>Debian Installer</I> preseed files) or for quickly setting up multiple identical systems. Pre-seeding files are typically fed to <i>debconf-set-selections</i>.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The behavior of <i>debconf</i> can be influenced by environment variables:<br><b>DEBIAN_FRONTEND</b>: Overrides the default frontend used (e.g., <code>export DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</code> for silent installs).<br><b>DEBCONF_PRIORITY</b>: Sets the minimum priority of questions to be displayed (e.g., <code>export DEBCONF_PRIORITY=critical</code> to only see critical questions).


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debconf</i> was introduced to Debian in 1999 to address the growing complexity of package configuration and to provide a consistent user experience. Prior to its existence, package maintainers often wrote custom shell scripts for configuration, leading to inconsistencies and difficulties in automation. <i>debconf</i> standardized this process, allowing for easier internationalization, better automation through pre-seeding, and support for various user interfaces (frontends). It quickly became a core component of the Debian packaging ecosystem, significantly improving the maintainability and user-friendliness of package installations.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
dpkg-reconfigure(8), debconf-get-selections(1), debconf-set-selections(1), debconf-show(1), debconf-communicate(1), apt(8), dpkg(8)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--fromdb <db></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the source database to copy from.<br><br><b>--todb <db></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the destination database to copy to.<br><br><b>--type <type></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the database type (e.g., 'File', 'SQLite'). Default is 'File'.<br><br><b>--owner <owner></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the owner for the destination file (for 'File' type databases).<br><br><b>--group <group></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the group for the destination file (for 'File' type databases).<br><br><b>--mode <mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the file permissions for the destination file (for 'File' type databases).<br><br><b>--f <fields></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy only specified fields (e.g., 'Value,seen').<br><br><b>--filter <regex></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy only questions whose names match the regex.<br><br><b>--exclude <regex></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not copy questions whose names match the regex.<br><br><b>--no-questions</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not copy questions, only configuration values.<br><br><b>--no-seen</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not copy the 'seen' flag for questions.<br><br><b>--set-seen</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mark all copied questions as 'seen' in the destination.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite destination without prompting if it exists.<br><br><b>--dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simulate the copy operation without making changes.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provide detailed output during execution.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the help message.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debconf-copydb</i> is a utility for copying configuration data between Debconf databases. It allows administrators to transfer values, seen flags, and other question properties from one Debconf backend to another, or to create backups. The command supports various database types, primarily 'File' (the classic text-based format) and 'SQLite'. It can copy a full database or selectively copy specific fields or questions based on regular expressions. This tool is invaluable for system migrations, debugging Debconf issues, or synchronizing configuration states across different environments or backup scenarios without reinstalling packages. It provides fine-grained control over what data is copied and how the destination database is handled.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>debconf-copydb</i> operates on the database files directly. Care should be taken when using it on an active system, especially with the primary Debconf database (typically <i>/var/cache/debconf/config.dat</i>), as concurrent writes might lead to inconsistencies. It's generally safer to perform operations on offline copies or during system maintenance windows.<br>The <i>--owner</i>, <i>--group</i>, and <i>--mode</i> options are only applicable when copying to 'File' type databases. They have no effect on 'SQLite' or other future database types.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>debconf</i> system, including tools like <i>debconf-copydb</i>, has been a core component of Debian-based systems for managing package configuration since its introduction. <i>debconf-copydb</i> specifically addresses the need for flexible management of this configuration data, especially as different backend storage types (like SQLite) were introduced to offer more robust or performant alternatives to the traditional text-based <i>File</i> format. Its development has focused on providing granular control over what data is copied and how it's handled, reflecting various use cases from simple backups to complex migrations and synchronization tasks.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>string</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The string to be escaped. If omitted, the command reads input from standard input.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>debconf-escape</b> is a utility, typically a Perl script, used to safely escape strings for interaction with the <i>debconf</i> configuration system. The <i>debconf</i> protocol uses '!' as a field separator and '\' as an escape character; newlines ('\n') also require special handling. This command replaces '!' with '\!', '\' with '\\', and newlines with '\n'. This ensures that user-provided input or programmatically generated strings, when passed to <i>debconf</i> as values or arguments, are correctly interpreted and do not disrupt the protocol's message structure. It is crucial for maintaining data integrity when scripts communicate with <i>debconf</i>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is a low-level helper, primarily utilized by scripts and programs that directly interact with the <i>debconf</i> system. It is not typically invoked by end-users. It is part of the <i>debconf</i> package.


title: PURPOSE OF ESCAPING
content:
<i>debconf-escape</i> specifically handles the '!' (exclamation mark), '\' (backslash), and newline characters. The exclamation mark is a field separator in the <i>debconf</i> protocol, and the backslash is its escape character. Newlines are also escaped to prevent premature message termination. Correct escaping is vital to prevent misinterpretation of input data by the <i>debconf</i> backend.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debconf-escape</i>, along with other <i>debconf</i> utilities, was developed as part of the Debian project to standardize package configuration. It addresses the critical need to safely handle string data within the <i>debconf</i> protocol, ensuring data integrity during package installation and upgrades. It has been a core component of the <i>debconf</i> package since its inception.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>filename...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more files containing Debconf selections to process. If no filename is provided, selections are read from standard input.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--check-input</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Check the syntax of the input file(s) without actually setting any selections. Useful for validating preseed files.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produce more verbose output, showing what selections are being processed.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>--merge-missing</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Only set values if they are not already present in the Debconf database. Existing values will not be overwritten. By default, existing values are overwritten.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debconf-set-selections</i> is a utility used to populate the Debconf database with answers to questions that Debian packages ask during installation or configuration. Debconf is the configuration management system for Debian packages, designed to allow packages to ask questions and get answers consistently. This command is crucial for automating package installations, especially in unattended environments like server deployments or customized Debian/Ubuntu installations.<br><br>Instead of requiring a user to interactively answer Debconf questions, <i>debconf-set-selections</i> allows these answers to be provided beforehand from a file or standard input. This "pre-seeding" of answers ensures that package installations proceed without interruption, using the specified default values. It's commonly used with the Debian installer's "preseed.cfg" file or in scripts for configuring a system after base installation. The selections are stored in the Debconf database, which packages then query when they run their configuration scripts via <i>dpkg</i> or <i>apt</i>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The selections set by <i>debconf-set-selections</i> are stored in the Debconf database but do not automatically reconfigure packages that are already installed. To apply new selections to an already installed package, you often need to run <i>dpkg-reconfigure &lt;package_name&gt;</i>.<br>If selections are provided via multiple files or stdin, the order matters. Later entries for the same question will overwrite earlier ones, unless <b>--merge-missing</b> is used.<br>This command sets <i>Debconf</i> selections. It does not configure other system aspects (e.g., network, users) which might also be part of an unattended installation process.<br>Input files should be trusted, as malicious input could potentially lead to unexpected package configurations.


title: <B>INPUT FILE FORMAT</B>
content:
The input file for <i>debconf-set-selections</i> uses a specific format, typically one selection per line:<br><i>package_name question_name type value</i><br>For example:<br><i>tzdata tzdata/Areas select Europe</i><br><i>apache2 apache2/port string 8080</i><br>Comments can be added using '#' at the beginning of a line.


title: <B>USAGE WITH DPKG-RECONFIGURE</B>
content:
It's important to understand that <i>debconf-set-selections</i> only populates the Debconf database. For packages that are already installed, their configuration scripts won't automatically re-run. To force a package to re-read its configuration from the Debconf database and apply changes, you must explicitly run <i>dpkg-reconfigure &lt;package_name&gt;</i> (or <i>dpkg-reconfigure -a</i> for all installed packages).


title: <B>UNATTENDED INSTALLATIONS AND PRESEEDING</B>
content:
This command is fundamental for creating unattended Debian or Ubuntu installations. A 'preseed.cfg' file, containing a list of Debconf selections, is passed to the installer, which then uses <i>debconf-set-selections</i> internally (or a similar mechanism) to populate the database before packages are installed, ensuring a fully automated setup.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debconf-set-selections</i> is an integral part of the Debconf system, which was introduced in Debian around late 1999/early 2000. It quickly became the standard method for managing package configuration questions, replacing older, less structured methods. This command's development paralleled the growth of automated and unattended Debian/Ubuntu installations, particularly with the rise of the Debian installer's "preseed" functionality, making it a cornerstone utility for system administrators and developers creating reproducible environments.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--install-size</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the approximate disk space occupied by the specified packages, as reported by <i>debconf</i>.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>--root=<I>DIR</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use an alternative root directory for accessing the <i>debconf</i> database. Useful when working with chroot environments.<br><br><b><b><I>package ...</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more package names for which <i>debconf</i> questions and values should be displayed. If omitted, questions for all configured packages are shown.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debconf-show</i> is a utility within the Debian configuration management system, <i>debconf</i>. It allows users to inspect the current values of questions stored in the <i>debconf</i> database. This database holds configuration settings for various installed packages, which are typically set during package installation, upgrade, or re-configuration via <i>dpkg-reconfigure</i>.<br><br>The primary purpose of <i>debconf-show</i> is to provide a snapshot of a package's configuration as seen by <i>debconf</i>. This is invaluable for debugging, auditing system configurations, or simply understanding what options have been chosen for a particular package. By default, it will list all questions and their corresponding values for specified packages. If no packages are given, it attempts to show questions for all installed packages that use <i>debconf</i>, though this can produce a very large output. The output includes the question name, type, and the current value.<br><br>It's a read-only tool, meaning it only displays existing values and does not allow modification of any settings. For interactive modification, <i>dpkg-reconfigure</i> should be used.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The output of <i>debconf-show</i> can be verbose, especially when no specific packages are named, as it attempts to list all questions for all installed packages. The raw format might not be directly suitable for programmatic parsing without careful filtering. It's important to remember that <i>debconf-show</i> displays the <i>stored</i> configuration values in the <i>debconf</i> database, which may not always reflect the <i>currently active</i> configuration of a service if a package's configuration files have been manually edited or if a service has not been restarted after a <i>debconf</i> update. Access to the <i>debconf</i> database typically requires appropriate user permissions, often root, depending on the system's configuration.


title: <B>OUTPUT FORMAT</B>
content:
For each <i>debconf</i> question, <i>debconf-show</i> typically displays information in a format like:<br>  *   Question name (e.g., <i>apache2/mpm_type</i>)<br>  *   Question type (e.g., <i>select</i>, <i>boolean</i>, <i>string</i>, <i>password</i>)<br>  *   The current value stored for that question (e.g., <i>prefork</i>, <i>true</i>, <i>/var/www/html</i>).<br>It may also include the question's extended description or priority, depending on the <i>debconf</i> database content.


title: <B>DEBUGGING AND SCRIPTING</B>
content:
<i>debconf-show</i> is an indispensable tool for debugging package configuration issues. System administrators can quickly ascertain what choices were made during installation or re-configuration. In scripting, its output can be parsed (though with care due to its human-readable nature) to automate checks or to generate reports on system configurations across multiple machines.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>debconf</i> configuration management system was introduced in Debian around the late 1990s/early 2000s, primarily to standardize and simplify the process of configuring packages during installation and upgrades. <i>debconf-show</i> emerged as a fundamental utility within this system, providing a crucial diagnostic and inspection tool from its early days. Its development has closely tracked the evolution of <i>debconf</i> itself, remaining a core component for administrators and developers to understand the state of package configurations without altering them.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>debconf</b>(7), <b>dpkg-reconfigure</b>(8), <b>debconf-set-selections</b>(1), <b>debconf-communicate</b>(1), <b>debconf-get-selections</b>(1)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i> or <b>--file=</b><i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Directly view the specified file, bypassing package lookup. Useful for arbitrary documentation files.</i><br><br><b><b>-l</b> or <b>--list</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>List all available documentation files and manual pages for the specified package.</i><br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>&lt;section&gt;</i> or <b>--section=</b><i>&lt;section&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>When viewing a manual page, specify the manual section (e.g., 1, 5, 8).</i><br><br><b><b>-d</b> <i>&lt;distro&gt;</i> or <b>--distribution=</b><i>&lt;distro&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specify the distribution (e.g., 'Debian', 'Ubuntu') to override default search paths, mainly for internal use or specific setups.</i><br><br><b><b>-h</b> or <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display a brief help message and exit.</i><br><br><b><b>-v</b> or <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Show program version information and exit.</i><br><br><b><b>--pager=</b><i>&lt;command&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Use the specified command as the pager (e.g., `less`, `more`). Overrides the `PAGER` environment variable.</i><br><br><b><b>--no-pager</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Do not use a pager for output, displaying content directly to standard output.</i><br><br><b><b>--highlight-pager-output</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Attempt to highlight output when using a pager, which can improve readability for certain document types.</i><br><br><b><b>--no-highlight</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Do not attempt to highlight output.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
debman is a command-line utility for Debian-based systems that provides a convenient way to access documentation associated with installed Debian packages. Instead of manually searching for man pages, README files, NEWS files, or changelog files within the /usr/share/doc/ hierarchy, debman automates this process. It can display traditional manual pages (if available and not hidden), but its primary strength lies in its ability to present package-specific documentation found in /usr/share/doc/&lt;package_name&gt;. This includes files like README.Debian, NEWS.Debian, changelog.Debian.gz, and other relevant documentation. Users can often select which document to view if multiple options exist for a given package. This makes it an invaluable tool for understanding the specifics of how a particular package is configured, used, or has changed over time on a Debian system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
debman requires the target package to be installed on the system to locate its documentation within the standard /usr/share/doc/ hierarchy. It relies on package maintainers placing documentation files in conventional locations. While it can display manual pages, its primary strength is in finding non-manpage documentation like READMEs and changelogs. It is specifically designed for Debian-based systems.


title: COMMON USAGE PATTERNS
content:
<i><br><b>debman </b><i>&lt;package_name&gt;</i>: Views documentation for the specified package, often presenting a menu if multiple documents exist, allowing the user to choose.<br><b>debman -l </b><i>&lt;package_name&gt;</i>: Lists all available documentation files and manual pages for the package.<br><b>debman </b><i>&lt;package_name&gt; &lt;document_name&gt;</i>: Directly opens a specific document (e.g., `changelog`, `README`, `NEWS`) for the package, if it exists.<br><b>debman -s </b><i>&lt;section&gt; &lt;man_page_name&gt;</i>: Views a specific manual page from a designated section, useful when a man page shares a name with a command in another section.</i>


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
<i>The `PAGER` environment variable can be set to specify the default program used to display output (e.g., `export PAGER=most`). This can be overridden by the `--pager` option.</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
debman is part of the `debian-goodies` package, a collection of useful utilities for Debian systems. Its development addresses the practical need for a more intuitive way to access documentation associated with installed Debian packages, particularly those files not typically exposed through the standard `man` command (e.g., `README.Debian`, `changelog.Debian.gz`). It has evolved as a stable and well-maintained tool within the Debian ecosystem, aiming to enhance the user experience by simplifying documentation retrieval.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i><SUITE></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Debian/Ubuntu release codename (e.g., <i>stretch</i>, <i>bionic</i>, <i>jammy</i>).<br><br><b><i><TARGETDIR></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The directory where the new system will be installed.<br><br><b><i>[MIRROR_URL]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Optional) The URL of the Debian/Ubuntu archive mirror to use. Defaults to <i>http://deb.debian.org/debian</i>.<br><br><b><i>[SCRIPT]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Optional) A script or script fragment to execute inside the <i>chroot</i> after the first stage of bootstrapping.<br><br><b><b>--arch</b>=<i><ARCH></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the architecture for the new system (e.g., <i>amd64</i>, <i>arm64</i>).<br><br><b><b>--foreign</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a two-stage bootstrap, necessary for cross-architecture installations. The second stage must be run manually.<br><br><b><b>--variant</b>=<i><VARIANT></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects a variant of the bootstrap (e.g., <i>minbase</i> for a minimal base system, <i>buildd</i> for a build environment).<br><br><b><b>--include</b>=<i><PKGS></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Comma-separated list of additional packages to install into the new system.<br><br><b><b>--exclude</b>=<i><PKGS></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Comma-separated list of packages to exclude from installation.<br><br><b><b>--components</b>=<i><COMPONENTS></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Comma-separated list of archive components to include (e.g., <i>main</i>, <i>contrib</i>, <i>non-free</i>).<br><br><b><b>--keyring</b>=<i><FILE></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a specific GPG keyring file instead of the default for signature checking.<br><br><b><b>--no-check-gpg</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips GPG signature checking of downloaded Release files. Use with caution.<br><br><b><b>--no-resolve-deps</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not resolve recommends/suggests, only strict dependencies. Useful for very minimal installs.<br><br><b><b>--merged-usr</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a merged <i>/usr</i> directory structure (where <i>/bin</i>, <i>/sbin</i>, <i>/lib</i> are symlinks to their <i>/usr</i> counterparts).<br><br><b><b>--no-same-owner</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <i>debootstrap</i> from attempting to preserve ownership of extracted files during unpacking, useful for specific filesystem types.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debootstrap</i> is a utility that creates a minimal Debian or Debian-based (like Ubuntu) system into a target directory. It achieves this by downloading packages from a specified mirror, unpacking them, and setting up a basic root filesystem. Unlike a full operating system installation, <i>debootstrap</i> does not install a kernel or bootloader; it focuses solely on populating a directory with the necessary userspace binaries and libraries to make it a self-contained Debian environment. This process is commonly referred to as "bootstrapping."<br><br>It's widely used for various purposes, including creating <i>chroot</i> environments for software compilation or testing, building custom live CDs or installation images, setting up containers (like LXC), or preparing a system for a full installation where specific packages are desired from the outset. The tool handles dependency resolution and ensures that the core <i>dpkg</i> and <i>apt</i> utilities are functional within the new environment, allowing further package management to be performed inside the bootstrapped system. Its simplicity and effectiveness make it a fundamental tool for Debian-based system administrators and developers.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>debootstrap</i> requires <b>root</b> privileges to run.<br>It necessitates <b>network access</b> to download packages from mirrors.<br>It does not install a kernel or bootloader; the bootstrapped system is <b>not directly bootable</b> on bare metal.<br>The <b>--foreign</b> option requires a manual second stage to be run inside the <i>chroot</i> environment after the initial <i>debootstrap</i> execution.<br>By default, it uses a generic mirror; specifying a closer, local mirror can significantly speed up the process.


title: <B>TYPICAL USAGE SCENARIO:</B>
content:
The most common use case for <i>debootstrap</i> is to create a lightweight, isolated Debian environment. For example, to build a <i>chroot</i> jail for software development or testing:<br><i>sudo debootstrap jammy /mnt/new_root http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu<br>sudo chroot /mnt/new_root /bin/bash</i><br>This allows one to work within a clean Ubuntu Jammy system without affecting the host operating system, which is invaluable for compiling specific software versions or testing new configurations.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debootstrap</i> was initially developed by Adam Heath for Debian and has been a fundamental tool for creating minimal Debian systems since its inception. It quickly became the go-to utility for bootstrapping new installations, particularly for <i>chroot</i> jails, custom system images, and later, container environments like LXC. Its design was simple and robust, allowing for reliable creation of a base system by downloading and unpacking <i>.deb</i> packages directly, setting the stage for <i>apt</i> and <i>dpkg</i> to take over. Its functionality is often a precursor to more complex system setups, providing a stable foundation for further customization and deployment.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-a</b>, <b>--all-packages</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows all installed packages, not just those marked as automatically installed. Useful for finding manually installed, unneeded packages.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>SECTION</i>, <b>--show-section</b>=<i>SECTION</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the search to packages belonging to specific sections (e.g., '<i>libs</i>', '<i>oldlibs</i>').<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>PRIORITY</i>, <b>--priority</b>=<i>PRIORITY</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the minimum priority a package must have to be shown (e.g., '<i>optional</i>', '<i>extra</i>'). Default is '<i>optional</i>'.<br><br><b><b>-e</b> <i>PACKAGE</i>, <b>--exclude</b>=<i>PACKAGE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Excludes specified packages from the orphan list.<br><br><b><b>--guess-all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables all '<i>--guess-*</i>' heuristics to identify various types of potentially unneeded packages (e.g., data, common, debug, documentation, language packs).<br><br><b><b>--find-config</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows configuration files from removed packages that are still lingering on the system.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--purge</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Purges (removes along with configuration files) the identified orphaned packages. <br><i><b>Use with extreme caution.</b></i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>deborphan</i> is a command-line utility for Debian-based Linux systems that identifies installed packages which no longer have other packages depending on them. Its primary purpose is to help users free up disk space by pinpointing libraries or other components that were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any active applications. While modern package managers like <i>apt</i> offer an <i>autoremove</i> function to clean up automatically installed dependencies, <i>deborphan</i> goes further by allowing users to find packages that might have been manually installed, or those that <i>apt</i> doesn't consider 'auto-removable' for various reasons. It provides various filtering options to narrow down searches to specific types of packages (e.g., libraries, development files, documentation, debug symbols, or configuration files). Users can then review the list generated by <i>deborphan</i> and manually decide which packages to remove, offering a more granular control over system cleanup.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>deborphan</i> is a powerful tool for identifying packages, but direct removal using the <b>-p</b> (<i>--purge</i>) or <b>--auto-deborphan-configs</b> options can lead to system instability if not used carefully. Always review the list of packages <i>deborphan</i> suggests before performing any removal actions. It's often safer to use <i>deborphan</i> to generate a list, and then use <i>apt purge</i> or <i>apt remove</i> manually for specific packages after verification. <i>deborphan</i> works by analyzing package dependencies; it cannot detect if a package is actively used by a script or an application that doesn't declare a formal dependency.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>deborphan</i> has been a part of the Debian ecosystem for many years, predating some of the more advanced dependency tracking features in modern <i>apt</i> versions, such as <i>apt autoremove</i>. Initially, it was a primary tool for cleaning up orphaned libraries after application uninstallation. While <i>apt autoremove</i> now handles a significant portion of this task by tracking 'auto-installed' packages, <i>deborphan</i> remains relevant for its ability to find packages that are not marked as auto-installed but are still unneeded, particularly through its '<i>--guess-*</i>' options for finding development files, documentation, debug symbols, or lingering configuration files. Its continued development focuses on improving heuristics for identifying various types of cruft.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--update</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Updates the local vulnerability database from the Debian Security Tracker.<br><br><b>--report</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints a list of installed packages affected by known vulnerabilities.<br><br><b>--email [ADDRESS]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends the vulnerability report via email to the specified address. If no address is given, it uses the one defined in the configuration file.<br><br><b>--cron</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automates the update and email reporting process, suitable for daily cron jobs.<br><br><b>--suite SUITE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the Debian distribution suite to check against (e.g., <I>stable</I>, <I>oldstable</I>, <I>testing</I>).<br><br><b>--format FORMAT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output format for reports (e.g., <I>text</I>, <I>html</I>, <I>json</I>, <I>csv</I>).<br><br><b>--status PACKAGE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks if a specific installed package is vulnerable.<br><br><b>--vulnerability ID</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reports details for a specific vulnerability ID (e.g., <I>CVE-YYYY-NNNN</I>).<br><br><b>--source PKG</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks for vulnerabilities in the source package <I>PKG</I>.<br><br><b>--config FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative configuration file instead of the default.<br><br><b>--no-daemon</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <I>debsecan</I> from automatically updating its database when run without <I>--update</I>.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information and exits.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows a help message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>debsecan</I> is a tool designed to help Debian users identify and manage security vulnerabilities affecting the packages installed on their systems. It works by comparing the list of installed packages and their versions against the official Debian Security Advisory (DSA) database, which contains information about known vulnerabilities and their corresponding fixes. <br><br>The command can be used to update its local vulnerability database, generate detailed reports of vulnerable packages, and even send these reports via email. It's particularly useful for system administrators and users who need to ensure their Debian systems are protected against known exploits by promptly identifying packages that require security updates. Its integration with cron jobs makes it ideal for automated, regular security checks, providing an ongoing overview of a system's security posture.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>debsecan</I> relies on the Debian Security Tracker database, which needs to be regularly updated using <I>--update</I> to reflect the latest vulnerability information.<br>It only identifies vulnerabilities in official Debian packages; third-party or custom-compiled software is not covered.<br>The tool reports vulnerabilities but does not automatically fix them. Users must manually apply updates using tools like <I>apt</I> or <I>apt-get</I>.<br>Network access is required for updating the vulnerability database.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
<I>debsecan</I> uses <I>/etc/debsecan/debsecan.conf</I> for persistent configuration settings, including the email address for reports, the default suite, and output format. This file can be modified to customize behavior.


title: CRON JOB SETUP
content:
For regular, automated checks, it is recommended to set up a daily cron job (e.g., in <I>/etc/cron.daily/debsecan</I>) executing <I>debsecan --cron</I>. This ensures the vulnerability database is kept current and reports are generated and sent automatically.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>debsecan</I> was developed as a dedicated security analysis tool for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution. Its creation aimed to provide a robust and automated way for Debian users and administrators to monitor their systems for known security vulnerabilities, leveraging the comprehensive Debian Security Advisory database. It became a standard utility for maintaining system security posture within the Debian ecosystem, ensuring timely identification of packages requiring security updates.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Update <i>debtap</i>'s internal database mapping Debian packages to Arch packages.<br><br><b>-u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Update <i>debtap</i> itself and its internal database.<br><br><b>-U</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Update <i>debtap</i> itself only (without updating the database).<br><br><b>-q</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable quiet mode, suppressing most output during conversion.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose mode, providing more detailed output during conversion.<br><br><b>-p <i><PKGBUILD_FILE></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a custom <i>PKGBUILD</i> file to use instead of the auto-generated one.<br><br><b>-P</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Edit the auto-generated <i>PKGBUILD</i> file before the package building process begins.<br><br><b>-z <i><COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a compression algorithm (e.g., <i>xz</i>, <i>zstd</i>, <i>gz</i>) for the resulting Arch package.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information and exit.<br><br><b>--fix</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempt to fix broken database entries.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debtap</i> is a command-line utility designed to convert a Debian/Ubuntu <i>.deb</i> package into an Arch Linux package (typically <i>.pkg.tar.xz</i> or <i>.pkg.tar.zst</i>). It automates the process of extracting the contents of the <i>.deb</i> file, attempting to resolve dependencies by mapping Debian package names to Arch equivalents, and then generating a <i>PKGBUILD</i> script.<br><br>This tool is invaluable for Arch Linux users who need to install software only available as <i>.deb</i> packages, effectively bridging the gap between Debian-based and Arch-based packaging systems. While highly useful, it is not a foolproof solution and often requires manual intervention, especially for complex or poorly structured <i>.deb</i> packages, or when dependencies are not easily resolvable between the two ecosystems. It also includes functionalities to update its internal database of Debian-Arch package name mappings.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Dependency Resolution:</b> While <i>debtap</i> attempts to map Debian dependencies to their Arch Linux equivalents, this process is not always perfect. Some dependencies might not have direct Arch counterparts or may have different naming conventions, often requiring manual intervention.</li><li><b>Architecture Compatibility:</b> Converting packages between different architectures (e.g., <i>i386</i> to <i>x86_64</i>) might lead to issues or outright failure, especially for closed-source binaries.</li><li><b>Not a Replacement for AUR:</b> <i>debtap</i> should be used as a last resort. If a package is available in the Arch User Repository (AUR) or official repositories, using those sources is always preferred as they are specifically tailored for Arch Linux and maintain proper dependency management.</li><li><b>Security Risks:</b> Installing packages from untrusted <i>.deb</i> sources after conversion can pose security risks, as the package content is not verified by official Arch channels.</li><li><b>Complex Packages:</b> Packages with complex pre/post-install scripts, systemd units, or non-standard file layouts may not convert cleanly and often require significant manual <i>PKGBUILD</i> editing.</li></ul>


title: HOW IT WORKS
content:
<i>debtap</i> primarily functions by extracting the contents of the <i>.deb</i> archive, identifying its declared dependencies, and then dynamically generating a <i>PKGBUILD</i> script. It attempts to translate Debian package names to Arch Linux package names using its internal database of mappings. Once the <i>PKGBUILD</i> is created (and optionally edited by the user), it leverages Arch's native <i>makepkg</i> utility to build the final Arch package (<i>.pkg.tar.xz</i> or similar), which can then be installed using <i>pacman -U</i>.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
On Arch Linux systems, <i>debtap</i> is typically installed via the Arch User Repository (AUR). Users can employ an AUR helper like <i>yay</i> or <i>paru</i> to simplify the installation process. For example: <i>yay -S debtap</i> or <i>paru -S debtap</i>. This method ensures that <i>debtap</i> and its dependencies are correctly integrated with the Arch ecosystem.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debtap</i> is a community-developed tool, not an official part of either Debian or Arch Linux distributions. It emerged from the practical need for Arch Linux users to install software distributed primarily in the <i>.deb</i> format, especially when no Arch-specific package or AUR entry exists. Its development has focused on automating the often tedious manual process of extracting <i>.deb</i> contents and creating a <i>PKGBUILD</i> file, thereby making cross-distribution package usage more accessible for users who are not packaging experts. Its ongoing maintenance relies on community contributions to update its internal database and improve conversion logic for new Debian package formats and dependencies.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>device</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the block device containing the filesystem (e.g., /dev/sda1) or a filesystem image file.<br><br><b>-V</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the version number of debugfs and exit.<br><br><b>-b <i>blocksize</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the block size of the filesystem. This is rarely needed as debugfs can usually determine it automatically.<br><br><b>-s <i>superblock</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the block number of an alternative superblock to use. Useful for corrupted filesystems.<br><br><b>-f <i>cmd_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read commands from the specified file instead of standard input (non-interactive mode).<br><br><b>-R <i>command</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Execute a single command and then exit. Useful for scripting specific queries.<br><br><b>-w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the filesystem in read-write mode. <b>Use with extreme caution!</b> This allows modifications to the filesystem.<br><br><b>-D <i>directory</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the current working directory within debugfs. This can simplify path specification for interactive commands.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
debugfs is a powerful <i>interactive command-line utility</i> used to examine and modify the internal structures of an ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem. It's an integral part of the <b>e2fsprogs</b> suite of tools. Unlike standard filesystem utilities like <i>ls</i> or <i>cp</i>, debugfs operates at a much lower level, allowing users to directly inspect and manipulate <b>inodes</b>, directory entries, block maps, and <b>superblock</b> information. <br><br>This makes it invaluable for filesystem forensics, recovery of lost or deleted files (though success is not guaranteed), and advanced debugging of filesystem issues. While it can be used for non-destructive operations like viewing filesystem metadata, it also provides commands to modify the filesystem, which can be extremely dangerous if not used with extreme caution, potentially leading to irreversible <b>data corruption</b>. <br><br>It supports both an interactive mode, where users type commands at a prompt, and a non-interactive mode, where a script of commands can be executed against a specified device. Typically, debugfs requires <b>root privileges</b> to operate on a raw block device.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>High Risk of Data Loss:</b> Using debugfs, especially with the <i>-w</i> option, can lead to severe data corruption if commands are executed incorrectly. Always back up critical data before attempting modifications.<br><b>Root Privileges:</b> Typically requires root privileges to access raw block devices.<br><b>Unmounted Filesystems:</b> For any modifying operations, it is strongly recommended to use debugfs on an <b>unmounted filesystem</b> to prevent inconsistencies.


title: INTERACTIVE MODE COMMANDS
content:
Once inside debugfs, numerous commands are available. Common examples include:<br><b>ls</b>: List files and directories.<br><b>stat</b> <i>file</i>: Display inode information for a file.<br><b>cat</b> <i>file</i>: Display the contents of a file.<br><b>dump</b> <i>file</i>: Dump a file's contents to an operating system file.<br><b>icheck</b> <i>inode_number</i>: List blocks allocated to an inode.<br><b>bmap</b> <i>file</i> <i>logical_block</i>: Find the physical block number of a logical block.<br><b>rm</b> <i>file</i>: Remove a file (can be used to recover 'deleted' inodes by relinking).


title: FILESYSTEM RECOVERY
content:
debugfs is often used in attempts to recover accidentally deleted files. By finding the inode of a deleted file and potentially relinking it, it's sometimes possible to restore the file, provided its data blocks have not been overwritten. This process requires a deep understanding of filesystem internals.


title: HISTORY
content:
debugfs is a foundational component of the <b>e2fsprogs</b> project, which was primarily developed by <i>Theodore Ts'o</i>. It has been a key utility for managing and debugging ext2, ext3, and ext4 filesystems since their early development, evolving alongside the filesystem standards.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>debuginfod-find</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <i>TYPE</i> [<i>BUILDID</i> | <i>PATH</i>]...<br><br><i>Deprecated forms (implied <b>debuginfo</b> type):</i><br><b>debuginfod-find</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <i>BUILDID</i>...<br><b>debuginfod-find</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <b>-d</b>|<b>-x</b>|<b>-s</b> [<i>BUILDID</i>] [<i>PATH</i>]...<br><br><i>Where:</i><br><i>`TYPE` specifies the kind of file to retrieve, e.g., <b>buildid</b>, <b>debuginfo</b>, <b>executable</b>, <b>source</b>, or <b>src</b>.</i><br><i>`BUILDID` is the unique hexadecimal identifier of an ELF binary or debuginfo file.</i><br><i>`PATH` is the full path to a source file as it was known during the original build process.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Enables verbose output, showing URLs queried, download progress, and other diagnostic information.</i><br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Suppresses all output except for errors. Useful for scripting.</i><br><br><b><b>-u</b> <<i>URL</i>>, <b>--url</b>=<<i>URL</i>></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specifies one or more <b>debuginfod</b> server URLs to query. This option can be used multiple times and overrides the <b>DEBUGINFOD_URLS</b> environment variable.</i><br><br><b><b>-C</b> <<i>DIR</i>>, <b>--cache-dir</b>=<<i>DIR</i>></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Sets an alternative directory for caching downloaded files. By default, files are cached in <b>~/.cache/debuginfod_client</b>.</i><br><br><b><b>-t</b> <<i>SECONDS</i>>, <b>--timeout</b>=<<i>SECONDS</i>></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Sets the network timeout in seconds for server queries. Defaults to 90 seconds.</i><br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Displays a help message and exits.</i><br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Displays version information and exits.</i><br><br><b><b>buildid</b> <<i>BUILDID</i>>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Queries for an arbitrary file associated with a build ID and returns its canonical URL. This is less common for direct use and more for `debuginfod` internal routing.</i><br><br><b><b>debuginfo</b> <<i>BUILDID</i>>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Finds and fetches the debuginfo file corresponding to the given build ID. This is the default action if no type is specified.</i><br><br><b><b>executable</b> <<i>BUILDID</i>>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Finds and fetches the original executable file associated with the given build ID.</i><br><br><b><b>source</b> <<i>BUILDID</i>> <<i>PATH</i>>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Finds and fetches the source file located at <b>PATH</b> within the build associated with the given build ID.</i><br><br><b><b>src</b> <<i>BUILDID</i>> <<i>PATH</i>>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>An alias for the <b>source</b> subcommand.</i><br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--debuginfo</b> (<i>deprecated</i>)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Deprecated. Use the <b>debuginfo</b> subcommand instead.</i><br><br><b><b>-x</b>, <b>--executable</b> (<i>deprecated</i>)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Deprecated. Use the <b>executable</b> subcommand instead.</i><br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--source</b> (<i>deprecated</i>)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Deprecated. Use the <b>source</b> or <b>src</b> subcommand instead.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>debuginfod-find</b> is a client-side command-line utility for the <b>debuginfod</b> service. It allows users to automatically locate and download debuginfo files, source code files, and executable files using their unique <I>build IDs</I> or original source paths. This greatly simplifies debugging efforts by providing on-demand access to necessary debugging symbols and source code, eliminating the need for manual searching or installing large debuginfo packages. The command queries configured <b>debuginfod</b> servers (typically specified via the <b>DEBUGINFOD_URLS</b> environment variable or command-line options) and intelligently caches downloaded files locally. It's particularly useful when integrating with debuggers like <b>GDB</b>, which can be configured to automatically use <b>debuginfod-find</b> to resolve missing symbols or source code.</i>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><b>debuginfod-find</b> relies on active network connectivity to reach <b>debuginfod</b> servers. Its functionality is directly dependent on the availability and content provided by these configured servers.</i><br><i>Files downloaded are cached locally; users should ensure sufficient disk space for the cache directory, especially when dealing with large debuginfo files.</i><br><i>The tool strictly matches files using their unique <I>Build IDs</I>. An incorrect or missing build ID will prevent the file from being found.</i><br><i>Proxy server settings or firewall rules may interfere with direct connections to <b>debuginfod</b> servers.</i>


title: <B>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</B>
content:
<i><b>DEBUGINFOD_URLS</b>: This critical environment variable specifies a space-separated list of URLs to <b>debuginfod</b> servers that <b>debuginfod-find</b> will query. If not set, it may try a default URL if configured by the distribution, or it will not query any servers.</i><br><i><b>DEBUGINFOD_TIMEOUT</b>: Controls the network timeout in seconds for all server queries made by <b>debuginfod-find</b>.</i><br><i><b>DEBUGINFOD_CACHE_PATH</b>: Allows users to specify an alternative default cache directory for downloaded files, overriding <b>~/.cache/debuginfod_client</b>.</i><br><i><b>DEBUGINFOD_VERBOSE</b>: If set, enables verbose output, similar to the <b>--verbose</b> option.</i>


title: <B>BUILD IDS</B>
content:
<i><b>debuginfod-find</b>'s core functionality relies on <I>Build IDs</I>. A build ID is a unique hexadecimal identifier embedded in ELF binaries (executables, shared libraries) and their corresponding debuginfo files during compilation and linking. This ensures that the retrieved debug information or source code precisely matches the specific version of the binary being debugged, preventing mismatches that could lead to incorrect debugging sessions. Tools like <b>readelf -n</b> can display the build ID of an ELF file.</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>The <b>debuginfod</b> project, including the <b>debuginfod-find</b> client, emerged as part of the <b>elfutils</b> package development around 2019-2020. Its inception aimed to revolutionize the distribution and retrieval of debug information in Linux environments, moving away from the cumbersome traditional method of installing large, distribution-specific debuginfo packages. By providing an on-demand, HTTP-based service, <b>debuginfod-find</b> significantly streamlined the debugging workflow for developers and system administrators, enabling quicker access to necessary symbols and source code without cluttering local systems. It quickly gained adoption in major Linux distributions.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s <I>block</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print superblock information from a specified block, and optionally the tree.<br><br><b>-b <I>block</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the content of a specified block.<br><br><b>-c</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Check the internal tree structure for consistency.<br><br><b>-l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List all blocks in the filesystem.<br><br><b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dump the entire filesystem tree.<br><br><b>-t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print transaction information from the journal.<br><br><b>-p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print information about a path within the filesystem.<br><br><b>-i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enter interactive mode for manual inspection and modification.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempt to recover the filesystem tree. Use with extreme caution.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output.<br><br><b>-u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempt to undelete files. Enter undelete mode.<br><br><b>-y</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assume 'yes' to all prompts. Extremely dangerous, use only when certain.<br><br><b>-S</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scan the device for all possible superblocks.<br><br><b>-R</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate in read-only mode. Highly recommended for initial diagnostics.<br><br><b>-w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write changes to disk. Use with extreme caution as it can cause further data loss.<br><br><b>-F</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fix checksums in the filesystem.<br><br><b>-j</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print journal information.<br><br><b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>debugreiserfs</b> is a specialized, low-level utility designed for forensic analysis and data recovery on ReiserFS filesystems. Unlike general-purpose filesystem checkers, it allows direct inspection and manipulation of ReiserFS metadata structures, including superblocks, internal trees, and individual blocks. This capability makes it invaluable for recovering data from severely corrupted ReiserFS partitions where standard tools like <I>reiserfsck</I> might fail. Users can view detailed information about the filesystem's internal state, identify corruption points, and in some cases, attempt to manually repair or extract data. However, due to its powerful, direct access to filesystem structures, using <b>debugreiserfs</b> incorrectly carries a significant risk of further data loss. It requires a deep understanding of ReiserFS internals and should always be used with extreme caution, preferably in read-only mode first, and only after backing up critical data.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <b>debugreiserfs</b> carries significant risks. Incorrect usage can lead to irreversible data loss or further corruption of the filesystem. It requires advanced knowledge of ReiserFS internals. Always back up your data before attempting any recovery or modification with this tool. It is not a general-purpose filesystem checker and should only be used when <I>reiserfsck</I> is insufficient or fails to resolve issues.


title: PRIMARY USE CASE: DATA RECOVERY
content:
The primary purpose of <b>debugreiserfs</b> is to facilitate data recovery from severely corrupted ReiserFS filesystems. It provides granular control and insights into the filesystem's internal structures, which is critical when automated recovery tools fail to resolve issues. It allows for manual intervention where automated fixes are not possible.


title: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
content:
Before using <b>debugreiserfs</b>, especially in write-enabled modes, it is <B>imperative</B> to create a full backup of the affected disk or partition. Always attempt operations in read-only mode (<I>-R</I>) first to understand the extent of corruption without risking further damage. Incorrect commands can lead to unrecoverable data loss.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>debugreiserfs</b> is part of the <I>reiserfsprogs</I> suite, developed primarily by Namesys under the leadership of Hans Reiser, starting in the late 1990s. ReiserFS was one of the first journaling filesystems widely available for Linux, and <b>debugreiserfs</b> was an essential low-level tool for its development and debugging. While ReiserFS's active development slowed significantly after 2006, community efforts continue to maintain the existing tools for users with legacy ReiserFS installations.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-b</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Build binary packages only. This option is passed directly to <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>.<br><br><b><i>-S</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Build source packages only. This option is passed directly to <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>.<br><br><b><i>-sa</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Build source and binary packages, including the original tarball. Passed to <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>.<br><br><b><i>-us</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not sign the source package (<i>.dsc</i> file).<br><br><b><i>-uc</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not sign the <i>.changes</i> file.<br><br><b><i>-tc</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clean the source tree after building, by invoking <i>debian/rules clean</i>.<br><br><b><i>-d</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not check build dependencies. This option is passed to <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>.<br><br><b><i>--no-lintian</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not run <i>lintian</i> after the build process completes (<i>lintian</i> runs by default).<br><br><b><i>--preserve-env</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserve environment variables that would otherwise be unset during the build process.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>debuild</i> is a powerful front-end for <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>, designed to streamline the process of building Debian source and binary packages. It automates several crucial steps, including setting up the build environment (e.g., configuring <i>DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS</i>), invoking <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i> with appropriate arguments, and performing post-build actions like signing <i>.dsc</i> and <i>.changes</i> files with <i>gpg</i>. Additionally, it integrates with <i>lintian</i> to perform comprehensive policy compliance checks on the generated packages. This command aims to provide a cleaner and more consistent build experience, ensuring necessary dependencies are met and often initiating the build in a controlled environment. <i>debuild</i> is part of the <i>devscripts</i> package and is widely used by Debian developers and maintainers to prepare packages for upload or local testing.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Building with <i>debuild</i> requires a properly structured <i>debian/</i> directory within the source tree. All build dependencies must be installed on the system unless the <i>-d</i> option is used to skip dependency checks. Signing package files requires a configured GPG key and passphrase. <i>lintian</i> warnings or errors, if critical, can be configured to halt the build process based on settings in <i>devscripts.conf</i>.


title: TYPICAL USAGE WORKFLOW
content:
A common workflow involves navigating into the package source directory (which must contain the <i>debian/</i> folder) and simply executing <b>debuild</b>. For local testing without cryptographic signing, <b>debuild -us -uc</b> is frequently used. To prepare a source package for upload to the Debian archives, <b>debuild -S</b> is the standard command, which generates a <i>.dsc</i> and <i>.orig.tar.gz</i> (if needed) file, along with a signed <i>.changes</i> file.


title: ENVIRONMENT AND CONFIGURATION
content:
<i>debuild</i>'s behavior can be significantly influenced by various environment variables (e.g., <i>DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS</i>, <i>DEBEMAIL</i>, <i>DEBFULLNAME</i>) and configuration settings found in files like <i>/etc/devscripts.conf</i> or user-specific <i>~/.devscripts</i>. These allow customization of default build flags, signing preferences, <i>lintian</i> behavior, and other build-time parameters.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>debuild</i> is an integral part of the <i>devscripts</i> package, a collection of utilities developed within the Debian project to aid package maintainers. It emerged as a higher-level wrapper for <i>dpkg-buildpackage</i>, providing a more convenient and standardized interface for common packaging tasks. Its development has focused on automating routine steps like cryptographic signing and adherence to Debian policy checks, evolving continuously with Debian's packaging standards and best practices.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<B>declare</B> [<I>options</I>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>] ...]<br><B>declare</B> <I>-f</I> [<I>name</I> ...]<br><B>declare</B> <I>-p</I> [<I>name</I> ...]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare an <I>indexed array</I> variable.<br><br><b>-A</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare an <I>associative array</I> variable.<br><br><b>-f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display <I>function definitions</I> and names.<br><br><b>-F</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display <I>function names</I> and attributes only (without definitions).<br><br><b>-g</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create or modify a <I>global variable</I>, even when inside a shell function (Bash 4.2+).<br><br><b>-i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare an <I>integer</I> variable; values are evaluated as arithmetic expressions.<br><br><b>-l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Convert variable to <I>lowercase</I> on assignment.<br><br><b>-p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the <I>attributes and values</I> of specified variables, or all variables if none are specified.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare a <I>readonly</I> variable; its value cannot be changed or unset.<br><br><b>-t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare a <I>traced</I> variable (used for debugging, typically by the shell itself).<br><br><b>-u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Convert variable to <I>uppercase</I> on assignment.<br><br><b>-x</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Declare variable for <I>export</I> to the environment of child processes.<br><br><b>-n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a <I>nameref</I> variable, which is a reference to another variable (Bash 4.3+).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>declare</I> command, a <B>shell built-in</B> (primarily in Bash, ksh, and zsh), is used to declare shell variables, set their attributes, and display the attributes and values of variables. It's often synonymous with <I>typeset</I> in Bash, originating from the Korn Shell. <I>declare</I> is powerful for controlling variable behavior, allowing you to define scope (e.g., global with <I>-g</I> in Bash 4.2+), assign initial values, or list existing variables with their attributes. It's crucial for scripting to ensure variables behave as expected, for instance, forcing arithmetic evaluation for integers or preventing modification of readonly variables. It can also be used to declare <I>associative arrays</I> or <I>indexed arrays</I>, providing flexible data structures.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><B>Built-in Command</B>: <I>declare</I> is a shell built-in, not an external executable. This makes it faster and more efficient within shell scripts.</li><li><B>Shell Specificity</B>: While prevalent in Bash, ksh, and zsh, its exact behavior and available options can vary slightly between different shell implementations and versions. For instance, options like <I>-g</I> and <I>-n</I> are specific to newer Bash versions.</li><li><B>Scope</B>: When used inside a function without the <I>-g</I> option (or `local` in Bash), variables declared with `declare` are <I>local</I> to that function by default, shadowing global variables of the same name.</li></ul>


title: VARIABLE ATTRIBUTES EXPLAINED
content:
<I>declare</I> allows assigning various attributes to variables, dictating their behavior. For example, an <I>integer</I> variable (<B>-i</B>) automatically performs arithmetic evaluation on assignment. A <I>readonly</I> variable (<B>-r</B>) cannot be reassigned or unset after its initial declaration. <I>Exported</I> variables (<B>-x</B>) are passed to the environment of child processes. <I>Uppercase</I> (<B>-u</B>) and <I>lowercase</I> (<B>-l</B>) attributes automatically convert assigned values. These attributes are crucial for robust script design and data integrity.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>declare</I> command originated in the <I>Korn Shell</I> (ksh), where it was primarily known as <I>typeset</I>. Bash adopted `typeset` and later introduced `declare` as a synonym, largely making them interchangeable for many common uses. Over time, Bash has enhanced `declare` with unique functionalities (like associative arrays, namerefs, and global scope control with <I>-g</I>), making it a more powerful and versatile built-in for modern shell scripting compared to its `typeset` counterpart.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--file</b> <i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads SPD data from the specified raw binary <I>FILE</I> instead of scanning the system's SMBus/I2C buses for DIMMs. This option is useful for offline analysis of previously captured SPD data.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of the <b>decode-dimms</b> utility and exits.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows a brief help message explaining the command's usage and available options, then exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>decode-dimms</b> is a utility from the <I>i2c-tools</I> package designed to read and interpret SPD (Serial Presence Detect) EEPROM data from DDR, DDR2, DDR3, DDR4, and potentially newer RAM modules (DIMMs). This data is stored on a small EEPROM chip present on each DIMM and contains crucial information about the memory module's characteristics, such as manufacturer, part number, serial number, manufacturing date, memory type, capacity, supported clock speeds, voltage, and various timing parameters (e.g., CL, tRCD, tRP, tRAS, tRC).<br><br>The command typically accesses this data via the SMBus (System Management Bus) or I2C bus, which is connected to the DIMMs. By decoding this raw hexadecimal data into a human-readable format, <b>decode-dimms</b> helps users, system administrators, and diagnostics tools understand the exact specifications of installed memory modules without physically inspecting them or relying on BIOS information alone. It's an invaluable tool for troubleshooting memory issues, verifying module compatibility, or simply documenting system hardware configurations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>decode-dimms</b> typically requires root privileges (e.g., using <b>sudo</b>) to access the system's SMBus/I2C devices. It also relies on the appropriate kernel modules (like <I>i2c-dev</I> and potentially specific bus drivers such as <I>i2c-i801</I> for Intel chipsets) being loaded and correctly configured. The command might not function correctly or at all on systems where SMBus access is restricted, or in virtualized environments where direct hardware access is not available. The output can be extensive, providing a detailed breakdown of each detected DIMM's SPD data, which can sometimes be overwhelming.


title: <I>OUTPUT STRUCTURE</I>
content:
The output of <b>decode-dimms</b> is typically structured to provide a detailed breakdown for each detected DIMM. For each module, it lists general information such as the manufacturer, part number, serial number, and manufacturing date. Following this, it presents memory characteristics like module capacity, voltage, type (e.g., DDR4 SDRAM), and supported speeds. A significant portion of the output is dedicated to detailed timing parameters (CAS Latency, tRCD, tRP, tRAS, etc.) across various clock speeds, often presented in tabular format, crucial for understanding module performance and compatibility.


title: <I>JEDEC SPD STANDARDS</I>
content:
SPD data is defined by JEDEC (Joint Electron Device Engineering Council) standards, which specify the layout and meaning of bytes within the EEPROM. As new DDR generations emerge (e.g., from DDR2 to DDR3 to DDR4), JEDEC releases updated SPD specifications. <b>decode-dimms</b> is continually updated to support these evolving standards, ensuring it can correctly parse the SPD data from the latest memory modules and provide accurate information, including extended data bytes and module-specific features defined by JEDEC.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>decode-dimms</b> is part of the <I>i2c-tools</I> project, a suite of utilities for probing and manipulating I2C/SMBus devices on Linux systems. The <I>i2c-tools</I> project itself has a long history in the Linux kernel and userspace, evolving to support various I2C bus adapters and device types. <b>decode-dimms</b> specifically gained prominence as DDR memory became ubiquitous, providing a programmatic way to read the standard SPD data crucial for system configuration and diagnostics. Its development has closely tracked the evolution of JEDEC DDR standards (DDR, DDR2, DDR3, DDR4, etc.), with updates often necessary to correctly parse new SPD versions and extensions, ensuring its continued relevance for modern memory modules.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>deemix</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>command</i>] [<i>arguments</i>]<br><i><br>Examples:</i><br><b>deemix</b> <i>download</i> <i>https://www.deezer.com/album/123456789</i><br><b>deemix</b> <i>-a</i> <i>123456789</i><br><b>deemix</b> <i>search</i> <i>"Artist - Song Title"</i><br><b>deemix</b> <i>config</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's version number and exit.<br><br><b>--arl <TOKEN>, -A <TOKEN></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set your Deezer ARL token for authentication.<br><br><b>--quality <TAGS>, -q <TAGS></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Desired quality tags (e.g., <i>FLAC</i>, <i>320</i>, <i>128</i>).<br><br><b>--output <DIR>, -o <DIR></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output directory for downloads.<br><br><b>--recursive, -r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Download all contents of a playlist or album (e.g., all tracks).<br><br><b>--no-metadata</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevent writing metadata tags to downloaded files.<br><br><b>--no-cover</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevent downloading and embedding cover art.<br><br><b>--no-lyrics</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevent downloading and embedding lyrics.<br><br><b>--ignore-existing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skip downloading files that already exist in the output directory.<br><br><b>--overwrite</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite existing files instead of skipping them.<br><br><b>--track <ID>, -t <ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Download a specific track by its Deezer ID.<br><br><b>--album <ID>, -a <ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Download a specific album by its Deezer ID.<br><br><b>--playlist <ID>, -p <ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Download a specific playlist by its Deezer ID.<br><br><b>--config <FILE>, -c <FILE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternative configuration file.<br><br><b>--disable-config</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not load any configuration file.<br><br><b>--loglevel <LEVEL>, -l <LEVEL></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the logging level (e.g., <i>DEBUG</i>, <i>INFO</i>, <i>WARNING</i>, <i>ERROR</i>).<br><br><b>--portable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a portable configuration setup (config file in same directory as executable).<br><br><b>--no-files</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not create song files; only process metadata. Useful for testing or metadata cleanup.<br><br><b>--bitrate <BITRATE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set specific bitrate to download (e.g., <i>FLAC</i>, <i>320</i>, <i>128</i>). Note: <i>--quality</i> is often preferred.<br><br><b>--max-bitrate <BITRATE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set maximum allowed bitrate for download (e.g., <i>320</i>, <i>128</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>deemix</b> is a powerful, open-source command-line utility for downloading music directly from Deezer.<br>Written in Python, it allows users to download tracks, albums, and playlists in various qualities, including lossless FLAC where available, provided they have a valid Deezer ARL token.<br>Beyond just downloading, <b>deemix</b> offers extensive options for organizing output, embedding metadata (like tags and cover art), and skipping existing files. It's designed to be cross-platform and offers a robust solution for archiving your favorite music from Deezer's extensive catalog, acting as a direct successor to popular older Deezer downloaders.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>deemix</b> relies heavily on the Deezer API, and any changes made by Deezer can potentially break its functionality, requiring updates from the developers.<br>Usage may violate Deezer's Terms of Service and applicable copyright laws. Users should be aware of the legal implications in their jurisdiction.<br>The availability of FLAC quality downloads depends on your Deezer subscription level (e.g., Deezer HiFi) and the specific content on Deezer.


title: ARL TOKEN ACQUISITION
content:
<b>How to obtain a Deezer ARL Token</b><br>The ARL token is a critical authentication key for <b>deemix</b>. It can be obtained from your browser while logged into Deezer. Typically, you can find it in your browser's developer tools (<i>F12</i>), under the 'Application' or 'Storage' tab, within the 'Cookies' section for the <i>deezer.com</i> domain. Look for the cookie named 'arl'. This token is unique to your session and account.


title: PERSISTENT CONFIGURATION
content:
<b>deemix</b> supports a configuration file (often <i>config.json</i> or <i>.deemixrc</i>, depending on setup) where you can store your ARL token, default download quality, output directory, and other preferences.<br>This allows for consistent usage without re-typing options for every download. The default location is usually in your user's configuration directory (e.g., <i>~/.config/deemix/</i> on Linux).


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>deemix</b> emerged as a direct descendant and successor to earlier popular Deezer downloaders, most notably <i>Deezloader Remix</i>.<br>The project was initiated to provide an updated and maintained solution for downloading music from Deezer after its predecessors became defunct or unmaintained due to changes in Deezer's infrastructure or legal pressures.<br>The <b>deemix-py</b> project specifically focuses on providing a robust command-line interface, building upon the core functionalities established by the original <b>deemix</b> project which also included a GUI.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
As 'deflate' is primarily an algorithm and not a direct command, a standard synopsis doesn't apply. However, its functionality is extensively utilized by commands such as <b>gzip</b> for compression and <b>gunzip</b> for decompression.<br><br>A common synopsis for commands that <I>use</I> Deflate is represented by <b>gzip</b>:<br><b>gzip</b> [<I>OPTION</I>...] [<I>FILE</I>...]<br><b>gunzip</b> [<I>OPTION</I>...] [<I>FILE</I>...]<br><br>These commands apply the Deflate algorithm to the specified files, creating or extracting compressed data.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-d, --decompress, --uncompress</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Decompress a compressed file.<br><br><b>-f, --force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or already exists.<br><br><b>-k, --keep</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Keep (don't delete) original input files during compression or decompression.<br><br><b>-c, --stdout, --to-stdout</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write output to standard output; keep original file unchanged.<br><br><b>-1 (Fastest) to -9 (Best)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the compression level. -1 is fastest compression, -9 is best (slowest) compression.<br><br><b>-r, --recursive</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively operate on files in directories.<br><br><b>--test</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Test the integrity of the compressed file.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The term 'deflate' refers primarily to a <I>lossless data compression algorithm</I>, rather than a standalone command line utility directly named `deflate` on most Linux distributions. It is a fundamental algorithm used by numerous compression formats and tools due to its efficiency and royalty-free status.<br><br>Deflate combines two distinct compression techniques: a variation of LZ77 (Lempel-Ziv 1977) for finding and replacing duplicate strings with references, and Huffman coding for encoding the resulting literal bytes and back-references. This hybrid approach allows for significant data reduction without any loss of information.<br><br>In the Linux ecosystem, the Deflate algorithm is the core of widely used utilities such as <b>gzip</b> (GNU zip), which compresses single files, and <b>zip</b>, which handles archives of multiple files. It is also integral to the <I>zlib</I> compression library, which is used by many applications and network protocols, and forms the basis of the PNG image format. While you won't execute a command simply called `deflate`, you implicitly use this powerful algorithm whenever you compress or decompress files with tools built upon it.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The primary caveat is that 'deflate' is an <I>algorithm</I>, not a direct executable command on most Linux systems. Users interact with it indirectly via tools like <b>gzip</b> or <b>zip</b>.<br><br>While highly efficient and widely supported, Deflate may not offer the absolute highest compression ratios compared to newer, more complex algorithms (e.g., Zstandard or Brotli), especially for highly redundant data or specific data types. Its strength lies in its balance of speed, compression effectiveness, and universal compatibility.


title: RAW DEFLATE STREAMS
content:
While 'deflate' isn't a direct command, utilities like <I>zlib-flate</I> (often part of the <I>qpdf</I> or <I>zlib-tools</I> package) can be used to work with raw Deflate streams directly, without the zlib or gzip headers. This is useful for debugging or specific data manipulation tasks where only the raw compressed data is needed.


title: INTEGRATION WITH PROTOCOLS AND FORMATS
content:
Beyond file compression, the Deflate algorithm is a cornerstone for many network protocols (e.g., HTTP compression, TLS) and file formats (e.g., PDF, SWF, TIFF, OpenDocument). Its ubiquitous nature makes it a critical component for efficient data transfer and storage across diverse computing environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
The Deflate algorithm was developed by Phil Katz for the PKZIP archiving tool, and independently by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler for the <I>zlib</I> compression library and the <b>gzip</b> utility. Its design was a response to patent restrictions on other compression algorithms at the time.<br><br>It was formally specified in RFC 1951 by P. Deutsch in 1996, ensuring its interoperability and allowing for widespread adoption. The algorithm's royalty-free status was crucial to its pervasive use across operating systems, file formats (like PNG and PDF), and network protocols.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>file1.html</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the first HTML file to be compared.<br><br><b><i>file2.html</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the second HTML file to be compared.<br><br><b>[<i>diff_options</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Optional arguments that are directly passed through to the underlying <b>diff</b> command (e.g., <b>-u</b> for unified output, <b>-r</b> for recursive comparison, etc.).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>dehtmldiff</b> is a utility designed to compare the <i>content</i> of two HTML files rather than their raw markup. Unlike a direct comparison with <b>diff</b> which would highlight every change in whitespace, attribute order, or minor tag variations, <b>dehtmldiff</b> first normalizes the HTML into a plain text representation. This normalization typically involves converting the HTML document into a readable text format, stripping out tags, attributes, and normalizing whitespace, similar to how a text-mode browser would render it. The resulting plain text versions of the two HTML files are then passed to the standard <b>diff</b> command.<br><br>This makes <b>dehtmldiff</b> exceptionally useful for tracking changes in web page content, generated reports, or other HTML outputs where the structural or stylistic changes are irrelevant, and only the actual textual information matters. It helps in identifying significant content modifications without being cluttered by trivial HTML source differences. It's often distributed as a shell script wrapper, commonly leveraging tools like <b>w3m</b> for the HTML-to-text conversion.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>dehtmldiff</b> typically relies on an external text-mode browser like <b>w3m</b> or <b>lynx</b> for HTML-to-text conversion. Its functionality will be impaired if these tools are not installed or configured correctly.<br>The comparison focuses on the <i>rendered</i> text content. It will not detect changes in styling, JavaScript behavior, embedded media, or other non-textual elements.<br>The quality of the text conversion depends on the underlying HTML rendering tool. Complex or malformed HTML might not be parsed as expected, leading to inaccurate diffs.<br>Differences in whitespace or line wrapping introduced by the HTML-to-text conversion process might sometimes appear as spurious changes, although this is generally minimized.


title: HOW IT WORKS
content:
At its core, <b>dehtmldiff</b> operates by transforming the two input HTML files into temporary plain text files. This transformation is typically achieved by invoking a text-mode web browser (like <b>w3m</b> with its <b>-dump</b> option, or <b>lynx</b> with <b>-dump</b>) which renders the HTML content into a human-readable text format, stripping out all HTML tags and normalizing whitespace. Once converted, the command then executes the standard <b>diff</b> utility on these two plain text files, effectively comparing the rendered content. Finally, it cleans up the temporary files.


title: TYPICAL USE CASES
content:
This command is invaluable for:<br>- Monitoring changes to web page content (e.g., news articles, product descriptions) over time.<br>- Verifying content consistency between different versions of dynamically generated HTML reports.<br>- Comparing the output of web scrapers or rendering engines to detect content discrepancies.<br>- Ensuring that HTML template changes do not inadvertently alter the displayed text.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>dehtmldiff</b> emerged as a practical solution for developers and system administrators needing to compare the actual information conveyed by web pages or generated HTML documents, rather than their underlying markup. It is most commonly found as a helper script distributed alongside the <b>w3m</b> text-mode web browser, designed to leverage <b>w3m</b>'s <b>-dump</b> functionality for efficient HTML-to-text conversion. Its development reflects a common need in environments where automated processing or content verification of web resources is crucial, providing a more intelligent and less noisy diff output for HTML files compared to a direct byte-for-byte comparison.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>device</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The disk device where the partition resides (e.g., <i>/dev/sda</i>, <i>/dev/nvme0n1</i>).<br><br><b><i>partition_number</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The numerical identifier of the partition to remove from the kernel's table (e.g., <i>1</i>, <i>2</i>, <i>3</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>delpart</i> is a Linux command used to remove a specified partition entry from the kernel's in-memory partition table.<br>It does <b>not</b> modify the physical partition table on the disk (e.g., MBR or GPT).<br>This command is particularly useful when a partition has been removed or modified externally (e.g., using low-level tools like <i>dd</i>) and the kernel still retains an old, incorrect view of the partition.<br>By telling the kernel to forget a specific partition, <i>delpart</i> helps prevent confusion and errors, ensuring the kernel's internal state reflects the actual disk layout.<br>It requires root privileges to execute.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>delpart</i> only affects the kernel's in-memory view; it does <b>not</b> modify the on-disk partition table.<br>If the on-disk table still contains the partition, the kernel might re-read and re-add it later (e.g., after a reboot or a <i>partprobe</i> command).<br>It is <b>not</b> a tool for deleting partitions from the disk; use partitioning tools like <i>fdisk</i> or <i>parted</i> for that purpose.<br>Improper use can lead to discrepancies between the kernel's view and the actual disk layout, potentially causing data access issues.<br>For informing the kernel about general partition table changes, <i>partprobe</i> is often a more comprehensive and commonly used command.


title: SPECIFIC USE CASES
content:
<i>delpart</i> is often used in situations where other methods of updating the kernel's partition view fail or are not suitable.<br>For example, after using <i>dd</i> to overwrite a partition or a portion of a disk, or in rescue scenarios where the kernel has a stale view of a partition that no longer exists physically, and a simple <i>partprobe</i> doesn't resolve the issue for that specific entry.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>delpart</i> is part of the <i>util-linux</i> package, a collection of essential system utilities for Linux.<br>While its core functionality remains consistent, its direct usage has somewhat decreased with the advent of more automated tools like <i>partprobe</i>, which can detect and inform the kernel about changes across all partitions more dynamically.<br><i>delpart</i> remains a valuable, targeted command for specific scenarios requiring the explicit removal of a single partition entry from the kernel's active table.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--side-by-side</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays diffs with old and new code side-by-side, improving readability for wider terminals.<br><br><b>--line-numbers</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows line numbers on both sides of the diff, aiding in code context and referencing.<br><br><b>--syntax-theme <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the syntax highlighting theme to be used for code within the diff. Many popular themes are supported.<br><br><b>--theme <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the general color theme for delta's non-syntax-highlighted output elements like headers and line numbers.<br><br><b>--features <list></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables a comma-separated list of named features defined in the configuration, e.g., <I>line-numbers</I>, <I>side-by-side</I>.<br><br><b>--hunk-header-style <style></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the styling for diff hunk headers (e.g., <I>omit-git-diff-header</I>, <I>box</I>, <I>line</I>).<br><br><b>--minus-style <style></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the styling for removed lines (e.g., <I>red bold</I>, <I>syntax</I>).<br><br><b>--plus-style <style></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the styling for added lines (e.g., <I>green bold</I>, <I>syntax</I>).<br><br><b>--file-style <style></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the styling for file headers (e.g., <I>blue bold</I>, <I>italic</I>).<br><br><b>--paging <mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Controls when delta should paginate output. Modes include <I>always</I>, <I>never</I>, or <I>auto</I> (default).<br><br><b>--width <width></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the screen width for side-by-side view. Relevant when <I>--side-by-side</I> is enabled.<br><br><b>--tabs <N></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the tab stop width, controlling how tab characters are rendered.<br><br><b>--navigate</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables keyboard navigation between hunks using 'n' for next and 'p' for previous.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>delta</I> is a command-line utility that acts as a powerful pager for <I>git diff</I>, <I>diff</I>, and <I>grep</I> output. Its primary function is to make code changes significantly more readable and visually appealing by adding syntax highlighting for code, line numbering, and the option for a side-by-side view (split diff). It intelligently handles whitespace, moved lines, and provides a clear distinction between added, removed, and unchanged lines.<br><br>Developed in Rust, <I>delta</I> is known for its speed, rich feature set, and extensive configurability. Users can customize colors, themes, line wrapping, and various display options to match their preferences. It integrates seamlessly with <I>git</I> by setting it as the <I>pager.diff</I> or <I>pager.log</I> configuration, transforming raw diff output into a highly organized and visually distinct representation of code changes, thereby improving the developer's experience when reviewing modifications.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <I>delta</I> effectively with <I>git</I> requires proper configuration of <I>git</I>'s pager settings.<br>While generally very fast, extremely large or complex diffs might still challenge performance.<br>The extensive customization options, though powerful, can sometimes be overwhelming for new users.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
<I>delta</I> is most commonly configured via the <I>~/.gitconfig</I> file under a <B>[delta]</B> section. This allows users to set default options for its behavior when integrated with <I>git</I>, avoiding the need to pass numerous command-line flags every time.


title: INTEGRATION WITH GIT
content:
To use <I>delta</I> as the default pager for <I>git diff</I> output, users typically run: <B>git config --global core.pager "delta"</B>.<br>For interactive patches, <I>git config --global interactive.diffFilter "delta --color-only"</I> can be used.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>git-delta</I> was created by Dan Davison and first publicly released in 2019. It emerged as a modern alternative to existing diff highlighting tools, aiming to provide a faster, more configurable, and feature-rich experience for reviewing code changes. Written in Rust, it quickly gained traction in the <I>git</I> community due to its superior rendering capabilities, robust side-by-side view, and advanced syntax highlighting, features often less developed in prior solutions. Its active development continues to introduce improvements in performance, new features, and broader configuration options, solidifying its position as a preferred <I>git</I> pager for a growing number of developers.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--config=<path></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the directory where Deluge stores its configuration files. This option is useful for managing multiple distinct configurations or portable setups.<br><br><b><b>--logfile=<path></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirects log output from the client to the specified file. This is particularly useful for debugging purposes and monitoring Deluge's operations.<br><br><b><b>--loglevel=<level></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the verbosity level for log messages. Possible levels include: <I>debug</I>, <I>info</I>, <I>warning</I>, <I>error</I>, and <I>critical</I>.<br><br><b><b>--profile=<name></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads a specific profile. This can be used to quickly switch between different user setups, configurations, or daemon connections.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the installed version of the Deluge client and exits.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows a brief help message detailing available command-line options for the Deluge client and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Deluge is a free and open-source BitTorrent client for Linux, macOS, and Windows. It is designed to be lightweight, secure, and feature-rich, built with a strong emphasis on a daemon-client architecture. The core functionality is handled by the <I>deluged</I> daemon running in the background, which manages all BitTorrent activity. This design allows various user interfaces to connect to it, offering flexibility for remote control or headless server deployments. Deluge supports a wide array of features through its robust plugin system, including blocklist filtering, torrent creation, bandwidth scheduling, and more. It offers a GTK3-based graphical user interface (launched by the <I>deluge</I> command), a web user interface (<I>deluge-web</I>), and a console user interface (<I>deluge-console</I>), catering to diverse user preferences and environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <I>deluge</I> command itself is a graphical client that connects to the <I>deluged</I> daemon. For full functionality and to manage torrents, the <I>deluged</I> daemon must be running in the background. Without an active daemon, the client will not be able to perform any BitTorrent operations or display torrent status.<br><br>While designed to be lightweight, resource consumption (CPU, RAM, and disk I/O) can still become significant with a very large number of active torrents or extremely high download/upload speeds.


title: DAEMON-CLIENT ARCHITECTURE
content:
Deluge distinguishes itself with a unique daemon-client architecture. The <I>deluged</I> process operates continuously in the background, handling all BitTorrent network communication, file management, and plugin execution. The <I>deluge</I> command (GTK UI), <I>deluge-console</I>, and <I>deluge-web</I> are merely user interfaces that connect to this daemon. This design enables headless operation, remote control, and ensures torrents continue downloading even if the UI is closed or the user logs out.


title: EXTENSIVE PLUGIN SYSTEM
content:
A cornerstone feature of Deluge is its robust plugin system. Users can significantly extend its functionality by installing a wide variety of community and official plugins. These add-ons can introduce features such as RSS feed integration, notification systems, torrent renaming, label management, and much more, greatly contributing to Deluge's flexibility and adaptability.


title: MULTIPLE USER INTERFACES
content:
Beyond the default GTK desktop client (launched by the <I>deluge</I> command), Deluge offers a versatile suite of interfaces. This includes a powerful command-line interface (<I>deluge-console</I>) for terminal-based control, and a feature-rich web interface (<I>deluge-web</I>) accessible via any modern web browser. This diversity provides users with flexible options for interacting with their torrents, whether locally on a desktop or remotely from another device.


title: HISTORY
content:
Deluge was first released in 2006 by developers Zach Tibbitts and Alon Goldstein. Written entirely in Python, it quickly gained recognition for its modular design and the clear separation of its core daemon from the user interface. This innovative architecture allowed for the independent development of various front-ends (GTK, Web, Console), catering to diverse user needs and system environments. Over the years, Deluge has seen continuous development, enhancing its performance, features, and stability, solidifying its reputation as a flexible and extensible BitTorrent client within the open-source community.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<I>deluged</I>(1), <I>deluge-console</I>(1), <I>deluge-web</I>(1), <I>qbittorrent</I>(1), <I>transmission-gtk</I>(1), <I>rtorrent</I>(1)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's version number and exit.<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <i>LEVEL</i>, <b>--loglevel</b> <i>LEVEL</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the log level (e.g., <i>debug</i>, <i>info</i>, <i>warning</i>, <i>error</i>, <i>critical</i>).<br><br><b><b>-c</b> <i>PATH</i>, <b>--config</b> <i>PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the configuration directory for Deluge.<br><br><b><b>-d</b> <i>DAEMON_HOST</i>, <b>--daemon</b> <i>DAEMON_HOST</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connect to a specific Deluge daemon. Format: <i>[user:pass@]host:port</i>.<br><br><b><b>-H</b> <i>HOST</i>, <b>--host</b> <i>HOST</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connect to the Deluge daemon on the specified host.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>PORT</i>, <b>--port</b> <i>PORT</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connect to the Deluge daemon on the specified port.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <i>USERNAME</i>, <b>--username</b> <i>USERNAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Username for daemon authentication.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>PASSWORD</i>, <b>--password</b> <i>PASSWORD</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Password for daemon authentication (use with caution, especially in scripts, as it's visible).<br><br><b><b>--skip-config</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not load Deluge configuration files on startup.<br><br><b><b>--skip-plugins</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not load any plugins on startup.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>deluge-console</i> is the command-line interface (CLI) client for the <br>Deluge BitTorrent application. It allows users to interact with a <br>running Deluge daemon (<i>deluged</i>) to manage torrents, configure <br>settings, and monitor status without a graphical user interface. <br>This makes it ideal for remote administration, scripting, and <br>server environments where a GUI is not available or desired. <br>Users can add new torrents, pause/resume downloads, remove <br>torrents, view detailed information, and change various client <br>and daemon configurations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>deluge-console</i> requires a running Deluge daemon (<i>deluged</i>) to connect to. <br>Without a daemon, it cannot perform any torrent management operations. <br>Authentication is necessary if the daemon is configured with a password. <br>While powerful for scripting, not all nuanced features of the GUI client <br>are directly exposed or as easily managed via the console.


title: INTERACTIVE VS. NON-INTERACTIVE USE
content:
When run without arguments, <i>deluge-console</i> enters an interactive <br>shell where users can type commands directly. It can also be used <br>non-interactively by piping commands or by specifying commands <br>after the initial options, making it suitable for scripting <br>automation (e.g., <b>echo "add magnet_link" | deluge-console</b>).


title: CLIENT-SERVER ARCHITECTURE
content:
<i>deluge-console</i> is a client that communicates with the <i>deluged</i> <br>daemon. This separation means the daemon can run on a remote server <br>or a headless machine, while users can connect and manage their <br>torrents from a local workstation using <i>deluge-console</i>, <br><i>deluge-web</i>, or the GTK client.


title: HISTORY
content:
Deluge, including its console client, originated in 2006, <br>developed in Python using the GTK+ toolkit. It was designed with a <br>client-server architecture from the outset, separating the core daemon <br>(<i>deluged</i>) from its various user interfaces. This modular design <br>naturally led to the creation of <i>deluge-console</i>, providing a <br>robust and essential tool for server management and automation from its early days.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>deluser</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>user</i><br><b>deluser</b> --system [<i>options</i>] <i>user</i><br><b>deluser</b> --group <i>groupname</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>user</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The username of the account to be deleted.<br><br><b>--remove-home</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove the user's home directory and mail spool. This is often the default behavior depending on configuration in <i>/etc/deluser.conf</i>.<br><br><b>--remove-all-files</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove all files owned by the user on the system. Use with extreme caution as this is a very powerful and potentially destructive option.<br><br><b>--backup</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a compressed archive (<i>.tar.bz2</i>) of the user's home directory before deletion. The archive is usually saved in the current working directory.<br><br><b>--backup-to <i>DIR</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a directory where the backup archive should be saved. Requires <b>--backup</b>.<br><br><b>--system</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Delete a system user account. By default, <b>deluser</b> only deletes normal (non-system) user accounts.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force deletion, ignoring some errors, such as issues with deleting files.<br><br><b>--group <i>groupname</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Delete a group. This option is typically used when the command is invoked as <b>delgroup</b>, which is often a symlink to <b>deluser</b>.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>deluser</b> is a command-line utility used to remove user accounts from a Linux system. It provides a higher-level, more user-friendly interface for user deletion compared to the lower-level <b>userdel</b> command, especially on Debian-based distributions (like Ubuntu).<br><br>While <b>userdel</b> focuses solely on removing the user account and password entry, <b>deluser</b> is a Perl script that can handle additional tasks such as automatically removing the user's home directory, mail spool, and entries from system groups, or backing up user data, all configurable via simpler options and system defaults in <i>/etc/deluser.conf</i>. It ensures a cleaner and more comprehensive removal of user data and system references.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>deluser</b> vs. <b>userdel</b>: <b>deluser</b> is a Perl script primarily for Debian-based systems, offering more comprehensive removal features and better default behavior via <i>/etc/deluser.conf</i>. <b>userdel</b> is a lower-level binary found on most Linux systems. <br><br><b>Root Privileges</b>: <b>deluser</b> requires root privileges (or <b>sudo</b>) to execute.<br><br><b>--remove-all-files</b>: This option is extremely powerful and dangerous; it will remove *all* files on the system owned by the specified user, regardless of their location. Use it with utmost care and only when absolutely necessary.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
<b>deluser</b> reads its default behavior and settings from the configuration file <i>/etc/deluser.conf</i>. Administrators can modify this file to define policies for home directory removal, backup procedures, group handling, and other options.


title: GROUP MEMBERSHIP
content:
By default, <b>deluser</b> automatically removes the specified user from all system groups they were a member of. If the user was the sole member of a private group (a group created specifically for that user), <b>deluser</b> may also delete that group, depending on the configuration.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>deluser</b> is part of the <i>debianutils</i> package, developed specifically for Debian-based distributions. It emerged as a more robust and user-friendly alternative to the standard <b>userdel</b> utility, providing administrators with a higher-level abstraction for user management. Its design allows for configurable default behaviors and more thorough clean-up of user-associated resources.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>deno</b> <I>[options]</I> <I>[subcommand]</I> <I>[arguments]</I><br><br>Common invocations include:<br><b>deno run</b> <I>[options]</I> &lt;script_path&gt; <I>[script_arguments...]</I><br><b>deno test</b> <I>[options]</I> <I>[test_files...]</I><br><b>deno install</b> <I>[options]</I> &lt;script_path&gt; <I>[command_name]</I><br><b>deno fmt</b> <I>[options]</I> <I>[files...]</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--allow-all</b>, <b>-A</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow all permissions</i>. Bypasses Deno's security model, granting full access to system resources.<br><br><b><b>--allow-net</b>=<I>HOSTS</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow network access</i>. Optionally specifies allowed hosts (e.g., <I>google.com:80</I>).<br><br><b><b>--allow-read</b>=<I>PATHS</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow file system read access</i>. Optionally specifies allowed paths (e.g., <I>/tmp</I>).<br><br><b><b>--allow-write</b>=<I>PATHS</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow file system write access</i>. Optionally specifies allowed paths.<br><br><b><b>--allow-env</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow environment variable access</i>.<br><br><b><b>--allow-run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow running subprocesses</i>.<br><br><b><b>--allow-hrtime</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow high-resolution time measurement</i> (potentially useful for timing attacks).<br><br><b><b>--allow-sys</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Allow access to system information</i> (e.g., OS, CPU).<br><br><b><b>--cached-only</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Use only locally cached modules</i>. Prevents network access for module resolution.<br><br><b><b>--check</b>=<I>TYPE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Type check modules</i> (e.g., <I>local</I>, <I>all</I>). Defaults to local checking for TypeScript.<br><br><b><b>--no-check</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Disable type checking</i>.<br><br><b><b>--config</b>=<I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specify a configuration file</i> (e.g., <I>deno.json</I> or <I>tsconfig.json</I>).<br><br><b><b>--import-map</b>=<I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specify an import map file</i> for module resolution.<br><br><b><b>--reload</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Reload all cached modules</i> (redownload them).<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Print Deno's version information</i>.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Print help information</i> for Deno or a subcommand.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>Deno</b> is a modern, <I>secure</I> runtime for JavaScript, TypeScript, and WebAssembly, built with <I>Rust</I> and <I>V8</I>. Created by Ryan Dahl, the original developer of Node.js, Deno was designed to address perceived shortcomings and design choices of its predecessor. Its core philosophy emphasizes <I>security</I> by default, requiring explicit permissions for operations like network access or file system interaction. <br><br>Deno natively supports <I>TypeScript</I> without needing separate compilation steps and embraces modern web standards, including <I>ES Modules</I> and Web APIs, making it a powerful environment for building web servers, command-line tools, and scripting applications. Unlike Node.js, Deno does not use a `node_modules` folder; instead, it imports modules directly via URLs, caching them locally upon first use. It also boasts a suite of <I>built-in developer tools</I> like a formatter, linter, test runner, and bundler, offering a streamlined development experience without reliance on external tools.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Despite its innovative features, Deno faces challenges inherent to a newer runtime. Its ecosystem and community, while growing, are <I>smaller</I> compared to the mature Node.js environment, potentially leading to fewer readily available libraries or community support for niche use cases. Developers accustomed to Node.js's <I>node_modules</I> and CommonJS module system may experience a learning curve with Deno's URL-based ES module imports and explicit permission model. While Deno offers compatibility layers for Node.js modules and <I>npm</I> packages, <I>full 100% compatibility cannot always be guaranteed</I> for all legacy applications.


title: BUILT-IN TOOLS
content:
One of Deno's standout features is its suite of <I>integrated development tools</I>. These include a formatter (<b>deno fmt</b>), a linter (<b>deno lint</b>), a test runner (<b>deno test</b>), a documentation generator (<b>deno doc</b>), a bundler (<b>deno bundle</b>), and an executable compiler (<b>deno compile</b>). This integration aims to provide a consistent and streamlined developer experience, reducing reliance on external, separately installed tools.


title: SECURITY MODEL
content:
Deno operates with a <I>secure-by-default</I> philosophy. Scripts run in a sandboxed environment and cannot access files, network, environment variables, or execute subprocesses without explicit permission. Permissions are granted via command-line flags (e.g., <b>--allow-net</b>, <b>--allow-read</b>), making resource access transparent and controllable, significantly enhancing application security.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>Deno</b> was first publicly introduced by Ryan Dahl, the creator of Node.js, at <I>JSConf EU 2018</I>. In his talk, '10 Things I Regret About Node.js', Dahl outlined his motivations for creating a new runtime, primarily to address perceived architectural flaws and security shortcomings of Node.js. Key design goals for Deno included a focus on <I>security by default</I> (using a permission system), native <I>TypeScript</I> support, reliance on <I>ES Modules</I> and web standards, and the elimination of `node_modules` in favor of URL-based imports. The runtime is built using <I>Rust</I> (for its safety and performance) and <I>V8</I> (Google's JavaScript engine). Since its initial release, Deno has seen continuous development, evolving into a robust and versatile environment for modern JavaScript and TypeScript applications.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>dep</b> <I>command</I> [<I>arguments</I>...]<br><b>dep</b> [<I>options</I>] <I>command</I> [<I>arguments</I>...]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>init</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initializes a new project for dependency management or upgrades an existing one. It attempts to infer dependencies and write initial <I>Gopkg.toml</I> and <I>Gopkg.lock</I> files.<br><br><b>ensure</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ensures that the project's dependencies are in the correct state. This command fetches missing dependencies, updates existing ones (if explicitly requested), or verifies the current state against the lock file.<br><br><b>status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reports the current status of the project's dependencies, indicating whether they are up-to-date according to the lock file or if there are discrepancies.<br><br><b>check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs various checks on the project's dependency graph, identifying common problems or inconsistencies that might lead to build failures.<br><br><b>prune</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes unused or unnecessary packages from the <I>vendor/</I> directory, helping to keep the project's dependency footprint minimal.<br><br><b>version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information for the <i>dep</i> tool itself.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, providing more detailed information about <i>dep</i>'s operations. This flag can be used with most subcommands.<br><br><b>-dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a simulated run of the command without making any actual changes. Useful for testing dependency resolution or updates before committing changes.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>dep</i> was the official experiment for Go's dependency management, designed to manage external dependencies for Go projects. It aimed to provide reproducible builds by tracking exact dependency versions. When initialized in a project, <i>dep</i> creates two configuration files: <I>Gopkg.toml</I> (manifest, defining direct dependencies) and <I>Gopkg.lock</I> (lock file, recording exact versions of all dependencies, direct and transitive). It also populates a <I>vendor/</I> directory with copies of the dependencies.<br><br>Commands like <I>dep init</I> would initialize a project, and <I>dep ensure</I> would fetch or update dependencies according to the manifest and lock files. It addressed common challenges like the 'GOPATH' model's limitations and the need for consistent dependency graphs across different development environments. While it gained significant adoption and laid crucial groundwork, <i>dep</i> has been officially superseded by Go Modules, which are now integrated directly into the Go toolchain, making <i>dep</i> largely obsolete for new Go development.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>dep</i> has been officially superseded by <I>Go Modules</I> (introduced in Go 1.11, default in Go 1.14) and is no longer actively developed. For new Go projects, <I>Go Modules</I> are the recommended and standard approach for dependency management.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<i>dep</i> relies on two primary configuration files: <I>Gopkg.toml</I> (the manifest, defining direct dependencies and constraints) and <I>Gopkg.lock</I> (the lock file, recording the exact versions of all direct and transitive dependencies to ensure reproducible builds). These files are typically committed to version control.


title: VENDOR DIRECTORY
content:
By default, <i>dep</i> places copies of all resolved dependencies into a <I>vendor/</I> directory within your project. The Go toolchain is designed to look for packages in this directory first, ensuring that your project builds with its specific, vendored dependencies rather than relying on system-wide or <I>GOPATH</I> installations.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>dep</i> was developed by the Go team and community, launched in 2017, as an experimental, officially supported tool to solve the long-standing challenges of dependency management within the Go ecosystem. It sought to provide a consistent and reproducible way to manage external packages, addressing issues with the traditional <I>GOPATH</I> model. Its design principles and much of its functionality directly influenced the development of Go Modules, which later became the built-in and official dependency management solution for Go. Consequently, active development on <i>dep</i> ceased, as its objectives were absorbed into the core Go toolchain.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a, --all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scan all modules in the configured module search path.<br><br><b>-b, --base-dir <dir></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternative base directory (e.g., <i>/lib/modules</i>) for modules.<br><br><b>-n, --dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform all actions but do not write any files to disk; useful for testing.<br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print verbose information about what <i>depmod</i> is doing.<br><br><b>-q, --quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress all error messages and warnings.<br><br><b>-F, --file <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read the list of module files to process from the specified <i>filename</i> instead of scanning directories.<br><br><b>-e, --err-if-broken</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exit with an error status if any broken symlinks are found among module files.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>depmod</i> is a utility program responsible for creating a set of files that describe kernel module dependencies, aliases, and other metadata.<br><br>The most crucial file it generates is <i>modules.dep</i>, which lists the dependencies of every kernel module. This file is vital for the <i>modprobe</i> command, enabling it to intelligently load a module along with all its prerequisites. <i>depmod</i> scans the module directories (typically <i>/lib/modules/&lt;kernel_version&gt;</i>), extracts dependency information from module metadata (like the <b>Depends:</b> field), and builds a comprehensive dependency graph.<br><br>Beyond <i>modules.dep</i>, <i>depmod</i> also generates <i>modules.alias</i> (used for aliasing hardware device IDs to module names), <i>modules.symbols</i> (for tracking exported symbols), and <i>modules.builtin</i> (listing modules compiled directly into the kernel). These files collectively form the backbone of the kernel module management system, ensuring efficient and conflict-free loading and unloading of modules. It is typically run automatically after kernel updates or when new modules are installed or removed.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>depmod</i> generally requires <b>root</b> privileges to write the dependency files to the standard system directories (e.g., <i>/lib/modules</i>).<br><br>Failure to run <i>depmod</i> after installing new modules or updating the kernel can lead to <i>modprobe</i> being unable to find or load necessary modules, potentially causing system issues.


title: DEPENDENCY FILES LOCATION
content:
The crucial dependency files generated by <i>depmod</i>, such as <i>modules.dep</i>, <i>modules.alias</i>, and <i>modules.symbols</i>, are typically located in the <i>/lib/modules/&lt;kernel_version&gt;/</i> directory on a standard Linux system.


title: AUTOMATIC EXECUTION
content:
In most modern Linux distributions, <i>depmod</i> is automatically executed by package managers (like <i>apt</i>, <i>dnf</i>, or <i>yum</i>) whenever a new kernel package is installed or updated, or when third-party kernel modules are added to the system.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>depmod</i> has been an integral part of Linux kernel module management since its early days, evolving with the kernel's module loader infrastructure. Initially part of the <b>module-init-tools</b> package, it is now maintained as part of the <b>kmod</b> project. Its core function of preparing dependency and alias information for <i>modprobe</i> has remained consistent, adapting to new module features like signing and more complex dependency chains over time.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--dir=</b><I>DIRECTORY</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specify the target directory for installation. Default is <i>/usr/share/applications/</i> for system-wide or <i>~/.local/share/applications/</i> if run as a regular user.</I><br><br><b><b>--vendor=</b><I>VENDORID</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Prefix the desktop file's ID with a vendor ID, e.g., 'kde-'.</I><br><br><b><b>--delete-original</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Delete the source .desktop file after a successful installation.</I><br><br><b><b>--set-name=</b><I>NAME</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set or override the application's name in the 'Name' field.</I><br><br><b><b>--set-icon=</b><I>ICON</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set or override the application's icon in the 'Icon' field. ICON refers to a name, not a path, e.g., 'firefox'.</I><br><br><b><b>--set-exec=</b><I>COMMAND</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set or override the command to execute when launching the application in the 'Exec' field.</I><br><br><b><b>--add-category=</b><I>CATEGORY</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Add a category to the 'Categories' field, making the application appear in relevant menu sections.</I><br><br><b><b>--add-mime-type=</b><I>MIMETYPE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Add a MIME type association to the 'MimeType' field, allowing files of that type to be opened by this application.</I><br><br><b><b>--set-key=</b><I>KEY=VALUE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set or override any arbitrary key-value pair within the desktop file. Use with caution.</I><br><br><b><b>--rebuild-database</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Force the rebuilding of the desktop file database after installation. This is generally recommended.</I><br><br><b><b>--no-rebuild-database</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Prevent the automatic rebuilding of the desktop file database.</I><br><br><b><b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Enable verbose output, showing more details about the installation process.</I><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>desktop-file-install</b> command is a utility for installing and updating .desktop files, which are configuration files used by Linux desktop environments (such as GNOME, KDE, XFCE) to describe applications. These files provide information necessary for launching applications, displaying them in menus, associating them with MIME types, and more.<br><br>This command automates the process of placing .desktop files into the correct directories, typically <i>/usr/share/applications/</i> for system-wide installations or <i>~/.local/share/applications/</i> for user-specific installations. Beyond simple file copying, <b>desktop-file-install</b> ensures proper integration by updating system caches like the desktop file database (via <b>update-desktop-database</b>) and icon caches (via tools like <b>gtk-update-icon-cache</b>).<br><br>It also allows for on-the-fly modification of the .desktop file's attributes, such as setting the application name, icon, execution command, categories, or MIME types. This makes it a crucial tool for software installers and package managers to ensure applications are correctly registered and accessible within the desktop environment according to the FreeDesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification.


title: CAVEATS
content:
When using <b>desktop-file-install</b>, ensure the source .desktop file adheres to the FreeDesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification to avoid parsing errors or incorrect behavior.<br><br>Modifying existing system .desktop files directly without proper packaging might lead to issues during system updates. It's generally safer to install user-specific .desktop files in <i>~/.local/share/applications/</i> or use the package manager for system-wide changes.<br><br>While <b>desktop-file-install</b> often triggers database updates, issues with desktop menus or icons may still require manually running commands like <b>update-desktop-database</b> or <b>gtk-update-icon-cache</b>.


title: DESKTOP ENTRY SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE
content:
The primary purpose of <b>desktop-file-install</b> is to ensure that installed .desktop files comply with the FreeDesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification. This specification defines the structure and content of .desktop files, enabling desktop environments to correctly interpret and display application information, launch applications, and manage their associations with file types. Adhering to this standard is crucial for applications to integrate seamlessly into modern Linux desktops.


title: AUTOMATIC DATABASE UPDATES
content:
A key feature of <b>desktop-file-install</b> is its ability to automatically trigger updates to relevant system databases and caches. By default, it calls <b>update-desktop-database</b> to rebuild the cache of installed desktop files, ensuring that new applications appear in menus and launchers. It also typically triggers updates to icon caches (e.g., via <b>gtk-update-icon-cache</b>) so that application icons are correctly displayed. This automation significantly simplifies application installation for both users and package maintainers.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>desktop-file-install</b> is part of the <b>xdg-utils</b> project, which provides a set of tools that implement the FreeDesktop.org standards. The FreeDesktop.org initiative aims to promote interoperability and shared technologies across different Linux desktop environments like GNOME, KDE, and XFCE.<br><br>This command, along with others in <b>xdg-utils</b>, was developed to standardize common desktop tasks, such as managing application launchers, opening files with preferred applications, and installing fonts, ensuring a consistent user experience regardless of the underlying desktop environment. Its development reflects the ongoing effort to unify and improve the Linux desktop ecosystem.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
update-desktop-database(1), xdg-desktop-menu(1), xdg-mime(1), gtk-update-icon-cache(1), update-mime-database(1)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>FILE</I>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more paths to the <code>.desktop</code> files to be validated.<br><br><b>--no-warn-kde</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not emit warnings about unofficial KDE extensions found in the desktop file. These extensions are often non-standard but widely used in KDE environments.<br><br><b>--no-warn-gnome</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not emit warnings about unofficial GNOME extensions found in the desktop file. These extensions are often non-standard but widely used in GNOME environments.<br><br><b>--warn-strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Emit warnings about all unofficial keys, including those that might otherwise be silently ignored. This option enforces stricter compliance with the specification.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information of the <code>desktop-file-validate</code> command and exit.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a brief help message explaining the command's usage and options, then exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<code>desktop-file-validate</code> is a utility used to check the syntax and compliance of <code>.desktop</code> files against the <I>Desktop Entry Specification</I> from freedesktop.org. These files, typically ending with the <code>.desktop</code> extension, are fundamental components for desktop environments like GNOME, KDE, and XFCE. They define how applications, URLs, or directories are represented in application menus, desktop launchers, and file managers.<br><br>The validation process ensures that the file adheres to the specified format, checks for mandatory keys, correct value types, proper escaping, and common errors that could lead to misbehavior or improper display of the entry. By using <code>desktop-file-validate</code>, developers and users can confirm that their <code>.desktop</code> files will function as expected, providing a smooth integration into the desktop environment and preventing issues like missing icons, incorrect command execution, or malformed entries in application menus. It's an essential tool for maintaining the integrity and usability of desktop entries.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The tool validates against the <I>Desktop Entry Specification</I> version it was built to support, which may not always be the absolute latest version. While comprehensive for syntax and specification compliance, it may not catch all possible runtime issues or subtle semantic errors that could arise in a specific desktop environment's implementation. Warnings for unofficial extensions (KDE/GNOME) can be suppressed, but their presence might indicate non-standard behavior on other desktops.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
The <code>desktop-file-validate</code> command returns an exit status of 0 if all specified desktop files are found to be valid according to the <I>Desktop Entry Specification</I> and no errors or strict warnings occurred. A non-zero exit status (typically 1) indicates that one or more files failed validation, meaning errors or significant warnings were detected. This makes it suitable for use in build systems and automated scripts to ensure the quality of desktop entries.


title: SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE
content:
The utility ensures compliance with the <I>Desktop Entry Specification</I> (currently version 1.1 or 1.2, depending on the <code>desktop-file-utils</code> version). This specification defines the structure, keys, and values for <code>.desktop</code> files, covering aspects like application name, command to execute, icon, categories, and localization. Validation checks for missing required keys, incorrect data types, malformed URLs, improper escaping, and other common pitfalls that can lead to broken or non-functional desktop entries.


title: HISTORY
content:
<code>desktop-file-validate</code> is part of the <code>desktop-file-utils</code> package, which provides a set of utilities for working with freedesktop.org desktop entries. Its development was driven by the need for a standardized way to define applications and their properties across various Linux desktop environments like GNOME, KDE, and XFCE. This standardization, primarily through the <I>Desktop Entry Specification</I>, ensures interoperability and consistent user experience. The command has been a staple tool for developers and package maintainers since the early 2000s, helping to enforce the specification and prevent malformed desktop entries from being deployed.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>file ...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more files or directories to process. If a directory is specified, <b>detox</b> will process its contents.<br><br><b>-r, --recursive</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively process files in subdirectories.<br><br><b>-s &lt;sequence&gt;, --sequence=&lt;sequence&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a specific character transformation sequence. Common sequences include <i>safe</i>, <i>iso8859_1</i>, <i>utf_8</i>.<br><br><b>-n, --dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform a dry run; show what operations would be performed without actually renaming any files.<br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display detailed information about each file being processed and its new name.<br><br><b>-c &lt;config_file&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use an alternative configuration file instead of the default.<br><br><b>--special</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Also process special files (e.g., named pipes, device files) that are normally skipped.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>-V, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>detox</b> command is a utility designed to clean up filenames, making them more compatible across various operating systems and filesystems. It achieves this by replacing or removing characters that are problematic or non-standard in Unix-like environments. These often include spaces, control characters, international characters (non-ASCII), and other special symbols that might cause issues in shell scripts, web servers, or when transferring files between different environments (e.g., Windows to Linux, or across different locales).<br><br><b>detox</b> operates based on configurable <i>sequences</i>, which define the transformations applied to filenames. Common sequences include replacing spaces with underscores, converting filenames to lowercase, and handling Unicode characters by transliterating them to their closest ASCII equivalents or simply removing them if no equivalent exists. It supports recursive operation through directories and offers a dry-run mode to preview changes before execution, which is crucial given its file-modifying nature. Its primary goal is to ensure filenames are robust and easily manageable within a Unix-like environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Renaming files is a permanent and potentially destructive operation. Always use the <b>-n</b> (<i>dry-run</i>) option first to preview changes, especially on important data. Some character transformations, like transliteration or removal of non-ASCII characters, can lead to a loss of information or clarity in filenames. While <b>detox</b> attempts to avoid collisions, it's possible that two different original filenames might resolve to the same new filename after transformation, though <b>detox</b> is designed to handle this by appending suffixes.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<b>detox</b> uses configuration files (e.g., <i>/etc/detoxrc</i> or <i>~/.detoxrc</i>) to define the transformation sequences. These files specify character mappings and rules for how problematic characters should be handled. This extensibility allows users to define custom cleaning rules tailored to specific needs.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
Typical applications for <b>detox</b> include cleaning filenames of downloaded media files (e.g., movies, music) that often have spaces or special characters, preparing files for web servers or scripting environments where clean, predictable filenames are essential, and standardizing filenames across a large collection.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>detox</b> was created to address the common problem of "dirty" filenames, particularly those originating from Windows systems or web downloads which often contain spaces, special characters, or non-ASCII characters that can be problematic on Unix-like filesystems. Its development aimed to provide a robust and configurable solution for batch renaming, ensuring filenames are compatible and easily scriptable. It gained popularity among users who frequently deal with cross-platform file transfers or need to sanitize large collections of media files.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>devcontainer</b> <I>command</I> [<I>options</I>] [<I>arguments</I>]<br><br>Common commands:<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>build</I> [<I>path</I>] [<I>options</I>]<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>open</I> [<I>path</I>] [<I>options</I>]<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>up</I> [<I>path</I>] [<I>options</I>]<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>exec</I> [<I>path</I>] <I>command</I> [<I>args...</I>]<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>read-configuration</I> [<I>path</I>] [<I>options</I>]<br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>--version</I><br>  <b>devcontainer</b> <I>--help</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>command</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The specific subcommand to execute (e.g., <I>build</I>, <I>open</I>, <I>up</I>, <I>exec</I>).<br><br><b><I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the workspace folder containing the <I>.devcontainer</I> directory or <I>devcontainer.json</I> file. Defaults to the current working directory.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information for the command or a specific subcommand.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the version of the Dev Containers CLI.<br><br><b>--workspace-folder <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Explicitly specifies the root directory of the project to be opened or built in the dev container.<br><br><b>--log-level <level></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the verbosity of log output. Possible values include <I>trace</I>, <I>debug</I>, <I>info</I>, <I>warn</I>, <I>error</I>, <I>fatal</I>.<br><br><b>--skip-post-create</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents execution of the <I>postCreateCommand</I> defined in <I>devcontainer.json</I> when creating the container.<br><br><b>--container-id <id></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(For <I>open</I>, <I>exec</I>) Connects to an already running container instance by its unique ID instead of starting a new one.<br><br><b>--remove-existing-container</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(For <I>up</I>, <I>build</I>) If a container from a previous run exists for the specified workspace, it will be removed before a new one is created.<br><br><b>--no-cache</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(For <I>build</I>) Instructs the container build process to not use any cached layers, forcing a fresh build.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>devcontainer</b> command-line interface (CLI) is an open-source tool that implements the <I>Dev Containers specification</I>. This specification defines a standard for creating and working with development environments inside containers. The CLI allows developers to build, open, and manage these development containers directly from their terminal, integrating seamlessly with various tools and workflows.<br><br>It provides functionalities to create containerized development environments based on a <I>devcontainer.json</I> file. This file specifies everything needed for a dev environment, including the base image or Dockerfile, tools, extensions, ports, and lifecycle scripts. The <b>devcontainer</b> CLI is essential for leveraging the benefits of dev containers: ensuring consistent development environments across teams, isolating dependencies, and simplifying onboarding for new developers. It supports various container runtimes like Docker and Podman.<br><br>Common use cases include opening a project in a dev container, building a dev container image, updating existing dev containers, and executing commands within them. It's often used in conjunction with IDEs like VS Code, which have built-in support for dev containers, but the CLI allows for headless or automated operations in CI/CD pipelines or scripting.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>devcontainer</b> CLI requires a compatible container runtime such as Docker or Podman to be installed and running on the host system. <br>The proper functioning of the command heavily relies on the presence and correct configuration of a <I>devcontainer.json</I> file within the project's <I>.devcontainer</I> directory. <br>Performance can vary significantly based on host system resources, container image size, and network conditions for image pulls. <br>Security implications should be considered when mounting host volumes or running untrusted code within a dev container.


title: THE <I>DEVCONTAINER.JSON</I> FILE
content:
This JSON-formatted file is the central configuration for a dev container. It resides in a <I>.devcontainer</I> folder at the root of a project and defines all aspects of the development environment, including the base image or Dockerfile, required VS Code extensions, port forwarding rules, mount points, environment variables, and lifecycle scripts (<I>postCreateCommand</I>, <I>postStartCommand</I>, etc.). It ensures reproducibility and consistency across different development setups.


title: INTEGRATION WITH IDES
content:
While a powerful standalone CLI, <b>devcontainer</b> is designed to work seamlessly with integrated development environments (IDEs) that support the Dev Containers specification. Most notably, VS Code has deep integration, allowing users to open local folders directly within a dev container, install extensions, debug applications, and manage the container's lifecycle directly from the IDE's interface. This tight integration enhances developer productivity by abstracting away the container management complexities.


title: DEV CONTAINERS SPECIFICATION
content:
The <b>devcontainer</b> CLI is an implementation of the <I>Dev Containers specification</I>, which is an open, vendor-neutral standard. This specification promotes interoperability, allowing tools and platforms from different providers to create, manage, and interact with dev container configurations in a consistent manner. It aims to standardize the way cloud-native development environments are defined and consumed, fostering an ecosystem of compatible tools and services.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of development containers originated from Microsoft's <I>VS Code Remote - Containers</I> extension, which enabled developers to use VS Code inside a containerized environment. Recognizing the broader utility and need for a standardized approach, the underlying technology evolved into the <I>Dev Containers specification</I>, an open standard for defining container-based development environments. The <b>devcontainer</b> CLI was then developed as an open-source implementation of this specification, providing a versatile command-line tool for managing these environments independently of any specific IDE. Its development is community-driven under the guidance of the Dev Containers open-source project.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
There is no single, standard 'dex' command for general purpose decompilation or manipulation readily available in most Linux distributions. Instead, operations on <i>.dex</i> files are performed by specific third-party utilities. Common examples include:<br><br><i><b>baksmali</b></i> (for disassembly to Smali code):<br><code><b>baksmali</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;input_dex_file&gt;</i></code><br><br><i><b>dex2jar</b></i> (for converting .dex to .jar):<br><code><b>dex2jar</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;input_dex_file&gt;</i></code><br><br>These tools have their own distinct syntax and options, which vary widely depending on their specific function.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-o &lt;dir&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output directory for the disassembled Smali files. For example, <i>-o ./output/</i>. (Common to <i>baksmali</i>)<br><br><b><i>-d &lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deodexes the input <i>.dex</i> file. Useful for files that have been optimized for a specific device. (Common to <i>baksmali</i>)<br><br><b><i>-b &lt;bootclasspath_jar_or_dir&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the bootclasspath to use for analysis, typically Android framework JARs. Can be a directory containing multiple JARs. (Common to <i>baksmali</i>)<br><br><b><i>-l &lt;api_level&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the API level to use for instruction set features. For example, <i>-l 28</i> for Android 9.0 (Pie). (Common to <i>baksmali</i>)<br><br><b><i>-f</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces overwrite of existing output files. (Common to <i>dex2jar</i>)<br><br><b><i>-h</i>, <i>--help</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help message and exit. (Common to most command-line tools)<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The term 'dex' in the context of Linux commands primarily refers to the <b>Dalvik EXecutable</b> file format used by Android applications. These files contain bytecode compiled for the Dalvik virtual machine (and later ART runtime), which executes Android apps on devices. Unlike common Linux utilities like `ls` or `grep`, there isn't a universally recognized, standalone 'dex' command in standard Linux distributions that directly performs decompilation. <br><br>Instead, interaction with <i>.dex</i> files for reverse engineering or analysis is typically done using various specialized third-party tools. These tools aim to convert the Dalvik bytecode into a more human-readable format, such as <i>Smali</i> assembly code (via tools like <i>baksmali</i>) or Java bytecode (via tools like <i>dex2jar</i>), which can then be decompiled further into Java source code. <br><br>The <i>.dex</i> format is central to Android app execution, and understanding its structure and how to process it is crucial for Android security researchers, malware analysts, and developers performing introspection or debugging on compiled applications.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The most significant caveat is the absence of a universally recognized 'dex' command for direct decompilation. Users often mistakenly refer to the file format when discussing commands. Tools for <i>.dex</i> file manipulation are generally developed by third parties, and their installation and usage may require specific knowledge of Android development environments or Java toolchains. Furthermore, reverse engineering compiled software may have legal and ethical implications depending on the jurisdiction and the software's licensing.


title: DISTINCTION: FILE FORMAT VS. COMMAND
content:
It is crucial to differentiate between the <i>.dex</i> file format itself and a command named 'dex'. While the <i>.dex</i> format is fundamental to Android applications, a general-purpose Linux command explicitly named 'dex' for decompilation is not part of standard Linux distributions or common Android development toolchains. Users wishing to decompile or analyze <i>.dex</i> files should seek out specific tools like <i>baksmali</i>, <i>dex2jar</i>, or <i>jadx</i>.


title: PURPOSE OF .DEX FILE PROCESSING
content:
Processing <i>.dex</i> files is vital for:<br><ul><li><b>Security Analysis</b>: Identifying vulnerabilities or malicious code in Android applications.</li><li><b>Malware Research</b>: Understanding the behavior of Android malware.</li><li><b>Interoperability & Porting</b>: Analyzing how proprietary apps function.</li><li><b>Learning & Education</b>: Studying how Android applications are built and how specific features are implemented at a lower level.</li><li><b>Debugging & Reverse Engineering</b>: When source code is unavailable, to understand or modify application behavior.</li></ul>


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>Dalvik EXecutable (.dex)</b> format originated with Google's Android operating system, first released in 2008. It was designed to be compact and efficient for mobile devices, using a register-based virtual machine called <i>Dalvik</i>. With Android 5.0 (Lollipop) and later, the Dalvik VM was largely replaced by the <i>Android Runtime (ART)</i>, which uses Ahead-Of-Time (AOT) compilation but still consumes <i>.dex</i> files as its primary input. <br><br>The need for tools to understand and reverse engineer <i>.dex</i> files arose early in Android's history for various purposes, including security analysis, debugging, and malware research. Projects like <i>baksmali</i> and <i>smali</i> (for assembly/disassembly of Dalvik bytecode) and <i>dex2jar</i> (for converting <i>.dex</i> to Java JARs) emerged as essential utilities for this ecosystem, continually evolving to support new Android versions and bytecode features.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<i>baksmali</i>(1), <i>smali</i>(1), <i>dex2jar</i>, <i>jadx</i>, <i>apktool</i>, <i>dx</i> (Android SDK), <i>d8</i> (Android SDK)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Optional) Dumps the detailed disassembled bytecode for methods. This is often the default behavior or the primary reason for using the command.</i><br><br><b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Optional) Displays a brief help message and usage instructions for the command.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>dexdump</b></i> is a command-line utility designed to analyze Android Dalvik Executable (DEX) files. DEX files contain the bytecode format used by the Android operating system for applications, compiled to run on the Dalvik or ART virtual machines. <i><b>dexdump</b></i> takes a DEX file as input and outputs a human-readable representation of its contents. This output typically includes detailed information about classes, methods, fields, and the Dalvik bytecode instructions within each method.<br><br>It is an essential tool for Android developers and security researchers for tasks like reverse engineering, debugging, security analysis, and understanding how an Android application is structured and functions at a low level. It helps in inspecting the application's logic, identifying specific functionalities, and understanding compiled code behavior without needing to decompile to Java source code.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>The output of <b>dexdump</b> can be extremely verbose, making it challenging to parse programmatically without additional scripting. It provides bytecode disassembly, not direct Java source code; for full decompilation, other tools like Jadx are required. The command is typically found within the Android SDK build tools, meaning its availability depends on a proper Android SDK installation. Exact behavior and available options may vary slightly across different versions of the Android build tools. It does not perform deobfuscation, so obfuscated DEX files will still yield obfuscated bytecode.</i>


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
<i>The output of <b>dexdump</b> typically includes:</i><br><i>- <b>Header Information</b>: Details about the DEX file itself (version, checksums, etc.).</i><br><i>- <b>String Literals</b>: All strings used within the DEX file.</i><br><i>- <b>Type List</b>: All referenced types (classes, interfaces, primitive types).</i><br><i>- <b>Field List</b>: Static and instance fields declared within classes.</i><br><i>- <b>Method List</b>: All methods (constructors, regular methods) with their signatures.</i><br><i>- <b>Disassembled Bytecode</b>: The core of the output, showing the Dalvik bytecode instructions for each method, including registers, constants, and method calls.</i>


title: LOCATION
content:
<i>The <b>dexdump</b> executable is typically found within the Android SDK's <b>build-tools/&lt;version&gt;/</b> directory (e.g., <b>~/Android/sdk/build-tools/30.0.3/dexdump</b>). It is often invoked by directly specifying its full path or by adding the <b>build-tools</b> directory to the system's PATH environment variable.</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i><b>dexdump</b> has been an integral part of the Android SDK build tools since the early stages of Android development. Its evolution is closely tied to the needs of the Dalvik (and later ART) virtual machines and the necessity for low-level analysis of compiled Android applications. Initially conceived as a basic utility for internal debugging by Google, it quickly became invaluable for third-party developers, security researchers, and reverse engineers seeking to understand the inner workings of Android Application Packages (APKs). While more sophisticated tools like <b>baksmali</b> (for Smali assembly/disassembly) and <b>Jadx</b> (for Java decompilation) have emerged, <b>dexdump</b> remains a quick and direct method for inspecting the raw bytecode of a DEX file. Its continued presence underscores Android's commitment to providing tools for developers to inspect the compiled output of their applications.</i>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <i>'dexter'</i> is <br> <b>not a standard or commonly recognized Linux utility</b>. It does not appear in coreutils, common package repositories (like Debian, Ubuntu, Fedora, RHEL), or widely used system tools.  <br> <br>  If <i>'dexter'</i> refers to a custom script, an alias, or a specialized tool from a niche software package, its functionality and syntax would be specific to that particular implementation. Without further context regarding its origin or purpose, it is not possible to provide an accurate analysis of its specific behavior, options, or historical development as a general-purpose Linux command. Its presence on a system would typically indicate a custom installation or a highly specialized application dependency.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is <i>not part of standard Linux distributions</i>. Its existence and functionality would depend entirely on custom installations, specific application environments, or could be a typo. Users are advised to check their system's installed packages or custom scripts if they encounter this command.


title: POSSIBLE MEANINGS OR CONTEXTS
content:
While not a standard Linux command, the term <i>'dexter'</i> appears in various other contexts:  <br> 1. A <i>Python library</i> for database schema migrations.  <br> 2. A component in specific <i>scientific computing</i> or bioinformatics tools.  <br> 3. Could be a <i>custom shell script</i> or alias created by a user or system administrator.  <br> These are distinct from a general system command.


title: HISTORY
content:
There is <i>no documented history</i> for a general-purpose <i>'dexter'</i> Linux command within the standard Unix/Linux command-line ecosystem.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>decaffeinate</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;files...&gt;</i><br><b>decaffeinate</b> [<i>options</i>] --inline '<i>&lt;code&gt;</i>'<br><b>decaffeinate</b> [<i>options</i>] --stdin


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--inline <i>&lt;code&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Converts the provided CoffeeScript code string directly, printing the result to stdout.</I><br><br><b>--stdin</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Reads CoffeeScript input from standard input (e.g., piped from another command) and prints the converted JavaScript to stdout.</I><br><br><b>--output-dir <i>&lt;dir&gt;</i>, -o <i>&lt;dir&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specifies the directory where converted JavaScript files will be written. If not specified, files are written to the same directory as input files or printed to stdout if --print is used.</I><br><br><b>--print, -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Prints the converted JavaScript code to standard output instead of writing to files.</I><br><br><b>--literate</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Treats input as Literate CoffeeScript, which allows CoffeeScript code to be embedded within Markdown-like documentation.</I><br><br><b>--prefer-const</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Instructs decaffeinate to prefer using 'const' for variables that are not reassigned, improving code quality and adhering to modern JavaScript best practices.</I><br><br><b>--force-overwrite</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Overwrites existing JavaScript files in the output directory without prompting for confirmation. Use with caution.</I><br><br><b>--extension <i>&lt;ext&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specifies the output file extension for converted files (default: .js).</I><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>decaffeinate</b> is a command-line tool and library designed to convert <I>CoffeeScript</I> source code into idiomatic, modern <I>JavaScript</I> (ES6+). Developed primarily for migrating existing <I>CoffeeScript</I> projects to <I>JavaScript</I>, it aims to produce human-readable and maintainable output. Unlike simple transpilers that might generate less readable code, <b>decaffeinate</b> focuses on emitting <I>JavaScript</I> that closely resembles what a human developer would write, including <I>class</I> syntax, <I>const</I>/<I>let</I>, arrow functions, and other ES2015+ features.<br><br>It handles a wide range of <I>CoffeeScript</I> constructs, from simple variables and functions to complex classes, comprehensions, and destructuring assignments, providing a robust solution for modernizing legacy codebases. It is typically installed via <I>npm</I> or <I>yarn</I> as a <I>Node.js</I> package, making it an essential utility for large-scale code migration efforts.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Node.js Dependency:</b> <b>decaffeinate</b> is a <I>Node.js</I> package and requires <I>Node.js</I> and <I>npm</I>/<I>yarn</I> to be installed on your system. It is not a native Linux binary.</li><li><b>Conversion Fidelity:</b> While highly accurate, complex <I>CoffeeScript</I> constructs or very specific coding styles might require minor manual adjustments after conversion to ensure optimal readability or correct behavior.</li><li><b>Runtime Dependencies:</b> It does not automatically handle runtime dependencies that might be <I>CoffeeScript</I>-specific (e.g., <I>require</I>ing <I>.coffee</I> files directly without precompilation in a <I>Node.js</I> environment).</li></ul>


title: INSTALLATION
content:
As a <I>Node.js</I> package, <b>decaffeinate</b> is typically installed globally via <I>npm install -g decaffeinate</I> or <I>yarn global add decaffeinate</I>. This makes the <b>decaffeinate</b> command available in your system's PATH, allowing you to run it from any directory.


title: INTEGRATION WITH BUILD SYSTEMS
content:
While primarily used for one-off migration of entire codebases, <b>decaffeinate</b> can be integrated into build pipelines (e.g., using <I>Gulp</I> or custom scripts) to automate the conversion process, although this is less common than its direct use for project migration.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>decaffeinate</b> was created by <I>Brian J. Brennan</I> and first gained prominence around 2015-2016. Its primary motivation was the increasing adoption of modern <I>JavaScript</I> (ES6+) and the desire to migrate existing <I>CoffeeScript</I> projects to a more contemporary and widely supported language. As <I>CoffeeScript</I>'s popularity waned relative to pure <I>JavaScript</I>, <b>decaffeinate</b> emerged as a crucial tool for organizations looking to reduce their dependency on <I>CoffeeScript</I> without a full rewrite. It has seen continuous development, evolving to support newer <I>JavaScript</I> features and improve conversion fidelity, becoming a go-to utility for large-scale <I>CoffeeScript</I> to <I>JavaScript</I> migrations.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-c</b>, <b>--config</b> &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the configuration directory where Deluge stores its settings and state files.<br><br><b><b>-l</b>, <b>--logfile</b> &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the path to the file where <i>deluged</i> will write its log messages.<br><br><b><b>-L</b>, <b>--loglevel</b> &lt;level&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the verbosity of log messages (e.g., <i>debug</i>, <i>info</i>, <i>warning</i>, <i>error</i>, <i>critical</i>).<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--port</b> &lt;port&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the port number for the daemon's RPC (Remote Procedure Call) server to listen on.<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--daemon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <i>deluged</i> to run as a background daemon process. This is often handled by system init scripts.<br><br><b><b>-f</b>, <b>--force-daemon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force <i>deluged</i> to start as a daemon even if another instance is detected to be running.<br><br><b><b>--do-not-daemonize</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevent <i>deluged</i> from detaching from the terminal, useful for debugging or when run under process managers.<br><br><b><b>--profile</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable profiling for performance analysis of the daemon.<br><br><b><b>--ipc-config</b> &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a custom directory for IPC (Inter-Process Communication) related configuration.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information of the <i>deluged</i> daemon and exit.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message detailing available command-line options and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>deluged</i> is the core daemon process for the Deluge BitTorrent client. It runs continuously in the background, independent of any graphical user interface, and is responsible for all fundamental torrent-related activities. This includes managing active torrents, handling downloads and uploads, connecting to peers, applying speed limits, and enforcing configured rules. Its design emphasizes being lightweight and highly extensible, making it an ideal solution for deployment on headless servers, network-attached storage (NAS) devices, or other systems where a full graphical environment is impractical or unnecessary. The daemon exposes an RPC (Remote Procedure Call) interface, allowing it to be controlled and monitored remotely by various front-end applications, such as the Deluge GTK desktop client, the Deluge Web UI for browser-based access, and the Deluge Console UI for terminal-based management. This architectural separation ensures stability and flexibility, enabling users to manage their torrents from virtually any connected device.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>deluged</i> is a daemon, designed for continuous background operation rather than interactive command-line use. While it can be started directly from the terminal, for persistent and robust operation on Linux systems, it's highly recommended to manage it as a service using a system init system like <i>systemd</i>. Most configuration and all torrent management are typically performed through one of the Deluge client UIs (GTK, Web, or Console), which connect to the running <i>deluged</i> instance.


title: CONFIGURATION AND DATA STORAGE
content:
By default, <i>deluged</i> stores its configuration files, torrent data, and session state in a user's home directory, typically under <i>~/.config/deluge</i> or <i>~/.local/share/deluge</i>. While these files can be edited manually, it's generally safer and recommended to use the Deluge client interfaces to modify settings to maintain data integrity and consistency.


title: SYSTEMD SERVICE MANAGEMENT
content:
On contemporary Linux distributions, <i>deluged</i> is often configured and managed as a <i>systemd</i> service. This setup ensures that the daemon starts automatically at boot, runs with appropriate permissions, and can be easily controlled via <i>systemctl</i> commands, such as <i>systemctl start deluged.service</i>, <i>systemctl stop deluged.service</i>, <i>systemctl enable deluged.service</i>, and <i>systemctl status deluged.service</i>.


title: HISTORY
content:
Deluge, including its daemon component <i>deluged</i>, first emerged in 2006. It was created as a free and open-source BitTorrent client, developed using Python and GTK+. A foundational design principle from the outset was the clear separation of the core BitTorrent engine (<i>deluged</i>) from the user interface. This architectural choice enabled unparalleled flexibility, allowing the daemon to run on headless servers or embedded systems, while users could interact with it from any machine on the network via various front-ends. Its development has consistently focused on extensibility through a robust plugin system and broad cross-platform compatibility, securing its position as a favored choice for home media servers and remote torrent management.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>Given <b>devenv</b> is not a standard Linux command, a hypothetical conceptual synopsis would resemble its Windows counterpart, often invoking a specific IDE or build process.<br><br><b>devenv</b> [<i>solution_or_project_file</i>] [<i>options</i>]<br><b>devenv</b> <i>/Command</i> <i>command_name</i> [<i>arguments</i>]<br><br>This conceptual representation assumes it would act as a gateway to build operations or environment launching, mirroring its Windows functionality.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>solution_or_project_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specifies the path to a solution (.sln) or project file to open or operate upon. If omitted, it might launch the default IDE without opening a specific file.</i><br><br><b><b>/build</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Builds the specified solution or project. Often used with a configuration like 'Release' or 'Debug'.</i><br><br><b><b>/clean</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Cleans the specified solution or project, removing intermediate and output files.</i><br><br><b><b>/rebuild</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Cleans and then builds the specified solution or project.</i><br><br><b><b>/deploy</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Deploys the specified solution or project, if applicable (e.g., to a remote server or specific directory).</i><br><br><b><b>/run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Compiles and then runs the specified project or solution.</i><br><br><b><b>/command</b> <i>command_name</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Executes a specific internal IDE command (e.g., 'File.Open' or 'Debug.Start').</i><br><br><b><b>/out</b> <i>filename</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Sends build and error messages to a specified log file instead of the console.</i><br><br><b><b>/log</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Logs activity to a specified log file path (conceptually for Linux, mirrors a Windows-specific log path).</i><br><br><b><b>/edit</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Opens the specified file in the IDE for editing.</i><br><br><b><b>/nosplash</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Prevents the IDE splash screen from being displayed upon launch.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>The <b>devenv</b> command is primarily a command-line utility used on Microsoft Windows for interacting with Microsoft Visual Studio. It is <b>not</b> a standard or native command found on Linux distributions. On Windows, <b>devenv.exe</b> allows developers to automate various tasks, such as opening solution files, building projects, cleaning solutions, deploying applications, or executing specific Visual Studio commands directly from the command line without opening the full IDE graphically.<br><br>While <b>devenv</b> itself does not exist as a standalone Linux command, similar functionalities for managing development environments and automating builds are typically handled by other native Linux tools and methodologies. This includes IDE-specific command-line tools (like <b>code</b> for VS Code), build systems (<b>make</b>, <b>cmake</b>, <b>ninja</b>), scripting languages (<b>bash</b>, <b>python</b>), or integrated development environment launchers. If <b>devenv</b> were to be conceptually implemented on Linux, it would likely function as a wrapper script or alias to orchestrate these various tools for a specific development workflow, mimicking its Windows counterpart's capabilities for build automation and project management within a Linux-based development setup.</i>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>The primary caveat is that <b>devenv</b> is <b>not</b> a native or standard command on Linux. Its presence on a Linux system would imply a custom installation, an alias, or a wrapper script created by a user or project to mimic the behavior of Visual Studio's <b>devenv.exe</b>. Therefore, its exact functionality, syntax, and available options would entirely depend on how it was implemented in that specific Linux environment, differing significantly from the Windows version or even between different custom Linux setups. Users should check their specific project's documentation or local scripts if they encounter <b>devenv</b> on Linux.</i>


title: <B>USAGE ON LINUX</B>
content:
<i>If <b>devenv</b> is encountered on a Linux system, it is almost certainly a user-defined alias or a custom shell script. It would likely be designed to perform actions like launching a Linux-native IDE (e.g., VS Code using the <b>code</b> command), running a specific build script (e.g., a <b>Makefile</b> or <b>CMake</b> build), or orchestrating a containerized development environment. Its behavior would be entirely dependent on its local definition.</i>


title: <B>ALTERNATIVE FOR CROSS-PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT</B>
content:
<i>For cross-platform development involving Visual Studio projects on Linux, developers often use tools like <b>dotnet build</b> (for .NET projects) or <b>CMake</b>, which are natively available on Linux and can process project files generated by or compatible with Visual Studio.</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>The <b>devenv</b> command has its roots firmly in the Microsoft Windows ecosystem, specifically as a core component of Microsoft Visual Studio. It has been a part of Visual Studio since early versions (e.g., Visual Studio .NET 2002) and has evolved alongside the IDE, providing consistent command-line automation capabilities for developers. Its primary usage has always been to facilitate continuous integration, automated builds, and scripting of development tasks within the Visual Studio and .NET development landscape. It has never been developed or maintained as a native Linux command. Its conceptual existence on Linux is purely as a hypothetical equivalent or a user-created wrapper to integrate Windows-centric development paradigms into a Linux environment, often seen in cross-platform development scenarios or within specific project pipelines that bridge Windows and Linux build processes.</i>


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<i>code(1)</i>: Command-line interface for Visual Studio Code., <i>make(1)</i>: GNU Make utility to maintain groups of programs., <i>cmake(1)</i>: Cross-platform build system generator., <i>gcc(1)</i>: GNU project C and C++ compiler., <i>g++(1)</i>: GNU project C++ compiler., <i>ninja(1)</i>: A small build system with a focus on speed., <i>python(1)</i>: High-level programming language, often used for build scripts., <i>bash(1)</i>: The GNU Bourne-Again SHell, commonly used for scripting development workflows.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>df</b> <i>[OPTION]... [FILE]...</i><br><br>The <b>df</b> command reports the amount of disk space used and available on file systems. If <i>FILE</i> is specified, <b>df</b> displays information about the file system on which <i>FILE</i> resides.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a, --all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes pseudo, duplicate, and inaccessible file systems in the output.<br><br><b>-B, --block-size=SIZE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scales sizes by SIZE before printing them. For example, '<b>-B M</b>' for megabytes.<br><br><b>-h, --human-readable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints sizes in human readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).<br><br><b>-H, --si</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Similar to <b>--human-readable</b>, but uses powers of 1000 (SI units) instead of 1024.<br><br><b>-i, --inodes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays inode usage information instead of disk block usage.<br><br><b>-k</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Same as <b>--block-size=1K</b>. Displays sizes in 1-kilobyte blocks.<br><br><b>-l, --local</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the listing to local file systems only.<br><br><b>-P, --portability</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses the POSIX output format, ensuring consistent field order and block sizes.<br><br><b>-t, --type=TYPE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restricts the listing to file systems of the specified TYPE (e.g., '<i>ext4</i>', '<i>nfs</i>').<br><br><b>-x, --exclude-type=TYPE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Excludes file systems of the specified TYPE from the output.<br><br><b>--total</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces a grand total of all shown file systems at the end of the output.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>df</b> (<i>disk free</i>) is a standard Unix/Linux command-line utility used to display information about total disk space, used space, available space, and percentage usage for mounted file systems. It provides a quick overview of how much storage is consumed on various partitions, network shares, and other storage devices accessible by your system. The command typically outputs data in 1K blocks by default, but options exist to present this information in a more human-readable format, such as megabytes or gigabytes. This utility is crucial for system administrators and users alike to monitor disk capacity, identify potential storage bottlenecks, and manage resources effectively. It helps in understanding if a particular partition is nearing full capacity, which could impact system performance or prevent new data from being written. <b>df</b> retrieves its information from the kernel's file system metadata, making it a reliable source for current disk utilization statistics without needing to scan individual files or directories. Its output usually includes columns like <b>Filesystem</b>, <b>1K-blocks</b>, <b>Used</b>, <b>Available</b>, <b>Use%</b>, and <b>Mounted on</b>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
One important caveat is that <b>df</b> reports available space from the perspective of a <i>non-root</i> user. Most Linux file systems reserve a small percentage (e.g., 5%) of disk blocks for the root user to prevent the file system from becoming completely full, which could lead to system instability. This reserved space is not typically counted in the 'Available' column for regular users. <br><br>Additionally, <b>df</b> reports the space <i>currently allocated</i> on the file system. If a file is deleted but still held open by a running process, the space occupied by that file might not be immediately freed and thus not reflected in <b>df</b>'s output until the process releases the file handle. Network file systems like NFS can also sometimes report stale data or cause <b>df</b> to hang if the remote server is unresponsive.


title: UNDERSTANDING 'AVAILABLE' VS. 'TOTAL - USED'
content:
A common source of confusion is why the 'Available' space reported by <b>df</b> is often less than the 'Total' space minus the 'Used' space. This discrepancy is primarily due to <b>reserved blocks</b> on file systems (especially <b>ext</b> family file systems). By default, a small percentage of disk blocks (typically 5% for <b>ext4</b>) is reserved for the root user. This reservation serves critical purposes: it ensures the system can continue to operate and log errors even if a regular user fills the disk, and it helps prevent file system fragmentation. <b>df</b>'s 'Available' column reflects the space usable by <i>non-root</i> users, hence excluding these reserved blocks. The root user, however, can utilize this reserved space when needed.


title: DF VS. DU: A KEY DISTINCTION
content:
While both <b>df</b> and <b>du</b> (<i>disk usage</i>) relate to disk space, they operate on different principles and provide different insights. <br><b>df</b> (<i>disk free</i>) reports disk space usage from the perspective of the <i>file system metadata</i>. It queries the file system directly about its total capacity, used blocks, and available blocks. This means it reflects the space actually allocated by the file system, regardless of whether individual files contributing to that space are still accessible or have been deleted but remain open by a process. <br><b>du</b> (<i>disk usage</i>), on the other hand, works by recursively scanning a directory tree and summing the sizes of individual files within it. It reflects the space consumed by files and directories that are currently visible and accessible. <br><br>The key implication is that <b>df</b> and <b>du</b> reports for the same partition can sometimes differ. This often happens if files have been deleted but are still held open by processes (where <b>df</b> won't show the space freed), or due to hard links (where <b>du</b> counts space for each link, while <b>df</b> counts it once).


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>df</b> command has been a fundamental utility since the early days of Unix, appearing in Research Unix, BSD, and System V releases. Its primary function, to report disk space, has remained consistent throughout its evolution. On Linux, <b>df</b> is part of the <i>GNU coreutils</i> package, which provides a comprehensive set of basic system utilities. The development of the GNU version has focused on adding features like human-readable output (the <b>-h</b> option), support for various block sizes, and filtering options (<b>-t</b>, <b>-x</b>) to enhance its flexibility and user-friendliness over time, making it an indispensable tool for system administration.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-h, --human-readable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints sizes in human-readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).<br><br><b>-T, --print-type</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the file system type for each filesystem (e.g., ext4, xfs, tmpfs).<br><br><b>-g, --graph</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays an ASCII graph of disk usage for each filesystem.<br><br><b>-d, --disk-device</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the underlying disk device name for each filesystem.<br><br><b>-i, --inodes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reports inode information instead of block usage.<br><br><b>-t <TYPE>, --type=<TYPE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the listing to filesystems of a specific type (e.g., -t ext4).<br><br><b>-x <TYPE>, --exclude-type=<TYPE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Excludes filesystems of a specific type from the listing (e.g., -x tmpfs).<br><br><b>-a, --all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes pseudo, duplicate, and unreachable file systems in the output.<br><br><b>-l, --local</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the listing to local filesystems only.<br><br><b>-c, --no-color</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables colored output, printing everything in monochrome.<br><br><b>-S, --si</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses powers of 1000 (SI units) instead of 1024 for size suffixes.<br><br><b>-P, --portability</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses the POSIX output format, similar to 'df -P'.<br><br><b>-m, --megabytes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report in megabytes.<br><br><b>-k, --kilobytes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report in kilobytes.<br><br><b>-G, --gigabytes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report in gigabytes.<br><br>


